WO2022214094A1 - Network handover method and apparatus - Google Patents
Network handover method and apparatus Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2022214094A1 WO2022214094A1 PCT/CN2022/085952 CN2022085952W WO2022214094A1 WO 2022214094 A1 WO2022214094 A1 WO 2022214094A1 CN 2022085952 W CN2022085952 W CN 2022085952W WO 2022214094 A1 WO2022214094 A1 WO 2022214094A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- network
- service
- network element
- information
- serving
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 185
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 claims description 129
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 claims description 108
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 claims description 68
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 claims description 60
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 claims description 31
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 claims description 25
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 65
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 34
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 19
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000013523 data management Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000010295 mobile communication Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001360 synchronised effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003190 augmentative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013475 authorization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007405 data analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006399 behavior Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013500 data storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013307 optical fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004984 smart glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
- H04W36/0005—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
- H04W36/0055—Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
- H04W36/08—Reselecting an access point
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
- H04W36/14—Reselecting a network or an air interface
- H04W36/142—Reselecting a network or an air interface over the same radio air interface technology
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W48/00—Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
- H04W48/18—Selecting a network or a communication service
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W48/00—Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
- H04W48/20—Selecting an access point
Definitions
- the present application relates to the field of communications, and more particularly, to a network switching method and apparatus.
- Connection management (connection management, CM) consists of two parts, the establishment and release of the NAS signaling connection between the UE and the AMF.
- the NAS signaling connection is used for NAS signaling interaction between the UE and the core network.
- the NAS signaling connection includes the signaling connection between the UE and the RAN and the N2 connection between the RAN and the AMF.
- the signaling connection between UE and AMF in 5GS has two states: CM-IDLE state and CM-CONNECTED state.
- the UE is in the CM-IDLE state before joining the network. After the UE selects an available serving network and an available cell to join the network according to the network and cell information broadcast by the RAN, the UE transitions from the CM-IDLE state to the CM-CONNECTED state.
- the source RAN When the UE in the CM-CONNECTED state after joining the network moves between serving cells belonging to different service networks and a handover occurs, the source RAN will select the target service network for handover according to the UE's measurement and reporting information of the wireless signal quality of multiple cells.
- the target serving network selected by the source RAN according to the measurement report information of the UE cannot guarantee the network performance of the UE.
- the present application provides a network handover method and apparatus, which can improve the network performance of a target serving network and a target serving cell to which a terminal device is handed over, and ensure the network quality of the UE when moving.
- a method for network switching including: a first network element determining a plurality of first service networks and a priority corresponding to each of the first service networks; the first network element according to each of the first service networks The priority corresponding to a service network determines the target service network from the plurality of first service networks; the first network element sends first request information to the second network element, and the first request information is used to request to switch the terminal device to A target serving cell, the target serving cell belongs to the target serving network.
- the first network element determines the first service network with the highest priority as the target service network according to the priority corresponding to each first service network, and determines the cell corresponding to the target service network as the target service area.
- the target service network if there is more than one first service network with the highest priority, in other words, if the highest priority corresponds to more than one first service network, one of them can be selected as the target service network, and the target service network corresponding to the The cell is determined as the target serving cell.
- the serving cell with the highest signal quality may be determined as the target serving cell.
- the above-mentioned multiple first service networks satisfy at least three conditions: the above-mentioned multiple first service networks are service networks that the UE can access (may be referred to as the first condition), and the above-mentioned multiple first service networks satisfy The handover requirement of the UE (ie the first preset condition), the signal quality of the serving cells corresponding to the multiple first serving networks meets the signal level quality required by the handover threshold configuration (ie the second preset condition).
- the manner in which the first network element determines the multiple first service networks and the priority corresponding to each of the first service networks may be that the first network element determines the network selection information of the UE (that is, The first information), the network configuration information of the first network element (that is, the second information), and the measurement reporting information of the UE determine multiple first serving networks and the priority corresponding to each first serving network, wherein the selection of the UE is
- the network information is used to determine the service networks that the UE can access and the priority information of each accessible service network.
- the network configuration information of the first network element is used to determine the service network that meets the handover requirements of the UE.
- the measurement report information is used to determine the serving cell whose signal quality meets the signal level quality required by the handover threshold configuration and the serving network corresponding to the serving cell.
- the manner in which the first network element obtains the network selection information of the UE may be that the first network element requests the mobility management function network element corresponding to the current serving network of the UE or the historical serving network of the UE.
- the corresponding radio access network element acquires the network selection information of the UE.
- the current serving network side of the terminal device (may be referred to as the source serving network) can determine the needs of the terminal device according to the network selection policy information pre-configured by the UE (may also be referred to as the network selection information of the UE).
- the target serving network and target serving cell to be switched to, in a possible implementation manner, the source serving network may determine multiple first services according to UE measurement report information, network side configuration information and UE preconfigured network selection policy information network, and the priority corresponding to each of the first service networks, and can determine the target service network and the target service cell corresponding to the target service network from the plurality of first service networks according to the priority information.
- the network switching method in this application can ensure that a more suitable target service network and a corresponding target service cell with better network performance are selected for the terminal device, ensuring that the UE needs to perform the service network.
- the network performance during handover with the serving cell also guarantees the continuous operation of terminal equipment services.
- the first network element determining a plurality of first service networks includes: the first network element determining a first service network set, the first service network set including the An accessible service network of the terminal device, and the service network in the first service network set satisfies a first preset condition, and the first preset condition is used to determine whether the service network meets the handover requirement of the terminal device; the first preset condition The network element determines a second serving network set, and the signal quality of the serving cell corresponding to the serving network in the second serving network set satisfies the second preset condition; the first network element determines the first serving network set according to the first serving network set and the second serving network The set determines the plurality of first service networks belonging to the intersection of the first service network set and the second service network set.
- the first network element determines a first service network set that satisfies at least two conditions, the at least two conditions include the above-mentioned first condition and the second preset condition, the first network element The first network element determines a second service network set that satisfies at least one condition, the at least one condition includes the above-mentioned first preset condition, and the first network element determines the above-mentioned multiple network elements according to the intersection of the first service network set and the second service network set. the priority information of the multiple first service networks and the multiple first service networks, so that the source service network side of the terminal device can select the target service network from the multiple first service networks according to the priority information, which improves the The network performance of the selected target service network.
- the determining, by the first network element, the first service network set includes: the first network element determining a third service network set according to the first information, the third service network set The set includes accessible service networks of the terminal device, the first information includes network selection policy information preconfigured by the terminal device; the first network element determines a fourth service network set according to the second information, and the fourth service network The centralized service network satisfies a first preset condition, and the first preset condition is used to determine whether the service network satisfies the handover requirement of the terminal device, and the second information includes network configuration information of the first network element; the first network element The element determines the first service network set according to the third service network set and the fourth service network set, and the first service network set belongs to the intersection of the third service network set and the fourth service network set.
- the first network element may determine the first service network set in a manner that the first network element determines that the terminal device is accessible according to network selection policy information preconfigured by the terminal device. (that is, satisfying the first condition) third service network set, and the network selection policy information preconfigured by the terminal device can be used to indicate the priority information of the service network that the terminal device can access; the first network element
- the network configuration information of a network element determines a fourth service network set that satisfies the handover requirement of the terminal device (that is, meets the first preset condition), and the first network element determines according to the third service network set and the fourth service network set
- the intersection of the first service network set and the priority information of the first service network set is determined, so that the source service network side of the terminal device can determine the priority information of the first service network set and the first service network set according to the first service network set and the priority information of the first service network set.
- the target service network is selected, and the network performance of the selected target service network is improved.
- the method further includes: the first network element receiving third information, where the third information is used to indicate the first service network set and the first service network Collecting priorities corresponding to each service network; and determining, by the first network element, the first service network set includes: the first network element determining the first service network set according to the third information.
- the first network element may also receive third information sent by the second network element, where the third information is used to indicate a service network (ie, a first service network set) that satisfies at least two conditions. and the priority corresponding to the serving network, the at least two conditions include: the serving network is a serving network accessible to the UE, and the serving network satisfies the handover requirement of the UE (ie, the first preset condition).
- the third information may be the process of the terminal equipment in the historical switching between the serving network and the serving cell, the corresponding source serving network side or the target serving network side in each handover process according to its own network configuration information and obtained.
- the first information is determined.
- the manner in which the first network element determines the plurality of first service networks and the priority corresponding to each of the first service networks may be that the first network element determines the first network element according to the third information and the UE The measurement and reporting information of the UE determines multiple first serving networks and the priority corresponding to each first serving network, wherein the third information is used to determine the serving network accessible to the UE and meeting the handover requirement of the UE, and each The priority information of the serving network and the measurement report information of the UE are used to determine the serving cell whose signal quality meets the signal level quality required by the handover threshold configuration and the serving network corresponding to the serving cell.
- the first network element determines the target serving network and the target serving cell according to the third information and the measurement report information of the UE, which can improve the success rate and handover efficiency of the terminal device switching the serving network and the serving cell, and avoid resource waste caused by handover failure.
- the method further includes: the first network element receiving first response information for the first request information, where the first response information is used to indicate the terminal device Whether the handover to the target serving cell is successful, the first response information includes the third information.
- the third information can be carried in the response information sent by the second network element for the last handover request, which can save signaling and communication resources.
- the method further includes: the first network element acquiring first information from a third network element, where the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device is accessible
- the third network element includes a mobility management function network element corresponding to the current service network of the terminal device, or the third network element includes a wireless access network element corresponding to the historical service network of the terminal device.
- the first network element obtains the first information from a mobility management function network element corresponding to the current serving network (ie, the source serving network) of the terminal device, and further, the first network element obtains the first information from
- the manner in which the mobility management function network element corresponding to the current serving network of the terminal device obtains the first information may be that the first network element obtains the network selection information of the UE through the initial UE context establishment process, that is, the mobility management of the core network of the source serving network.
- the network element sends the network selection information of the UE to the first network element, and the network selection information of the UE is carried in the initial context establishment request sent by the mobility management network element of the core network of the source serving network to the first network element; or the first network element
- the UE's network selection information is obtained through the UE context modification process, that is, the mobility management network element of the source service network core network sends the UE's network selection information to the first network element, and the UE's network selection information is carried in the mobile network of the source service network core network.
- the UE context modification request sent by the management network element to the first network element.
- the third network element when the third network element is a mobility management function network element corresponding to the source serving network, the third network element may obtain the first information in a manner that the third network element may follow the standard registration process of the UE.
- the first information is obtained from the UDM.
- the manner in which the third network element obtains the first information from the UDM according to the standard registration process of the UE may be: the third network element registers with the UDM, and subscribes to notify the third network element when the third network element deregisters in the UDM.
- the first information may be stored, for example, the first information may be stored in the UE context as part of the UE subscription information.
- the first network element obtains the first information from the wireless access network network element corresponding to the historical service network of the terminal device, which can be understood as switching between the service network and the service network of the terminal device.
- the radio access network element corresponding to the historical service network obtains the first information in the corresponding handover process, and the radio access network element corresponding to the historical service network can perform the communication with the first network element. Therefore, the first network element can obtain the first information from the wireless access network network element corresponding to the historical service network of the terminal device.
- the method further includes: the first network element receives fourth information, the fourth information Used to indicate a fifth service network set, where the fifth service network set includes accessible service networks of the terminal device, and the signal quality of the serving cell corresponding to the service network in the fifth service network set satisfies the second preset condition ; and the first network element determining a plurality of first service networks includes: the first network element determining the fifth service network set according to the fourth information; the first network element determining the sixth service network set according to the second information, The service network in the sixth service network set satisfies a first preset condition, where the first preset condition is used to determine whether the service network satisfies the handover requirement of the terminal device, and the second information includes network configuration information of the first network element ; the first network element determines the plurality of first service networks according to the fifth service network set and the sixth service network set, and the plurality of first service
- the first network element may also receive fourth information sent by the UE, where the fourth information is used to indicate a serving network that satisfies at least two conditions (that is, a fifth serving network set) and the service network Priority corresponding to the network: the serving network is a serving network accessible to the UE, and the serving cell corresponding to the serving network satisfies the signal level quality required by the handover threshold configuration (ie, the second preset condition).
- the fourth information is used to indicate a serving network that satisfies at least two conditions (that is, a fifth serving network set) and the service network Priority corresponding to the network: the serving network is a serving network accessible to the UE, and the serving cell corresponding to the serving network satisfies the signal level quality required by the handover threshold configuration (ie, the second preset condition).
- the first network element may receive the fourth information when the first information cannot be obtained, or in other words, the target serving network and the target serving cell cannot be determined through the first information, and determine the target service according to the fourth information. network and target serving cell.
- the fourth information may be carried in measurement reporting information of the UE.
- the manner in which the first network element determines the plurality of first service networks and the priority corresponding to each of the first service networks may be that the first network element determines according to the fourth information and the first The network configuration information of a network element determines a plurality of first serving networks and the priority corresponding to each first serving network, wherein the fourth information is used to determine that the UE can access and the corresponding serving cell satisfies the requirements of the handover threshold configuration.
- Serving networks with required signal level quality, and priority information of each serving network, and the network configuration information of the first network element is used to determine the serving network that meets the handover requirement of the UE.
- the method before the first network element determines a plurality of first service networks, the method further includes: the first network element receives measurement report information of the terminal device, The fourth information is included in the measurement report information.
- the fourth information can be carried in the measurement reporting information of the terminal device, which can save signaling and communication resources.
- the fourth information is further used to indicate the priority corresponding to each service network in the multiple service networks accessible to the terminal device, the multiple service networks
- the network includes the plurality of first service networks, and determining, by the first network element, a priority corresponding to each of the first service networks includes: the first network element determining, according to the fourth information, a priority corresponding to each of the first service networks priority.
- the above-mentioned first preset condition includes that the serving network is reachable in the current time period and/or the network quality of the serving network satisfies the third preset condition.
- the above-mentioned third preset condition may refer to a preset reference signal received power (reference signal received power, RSRP), or a preset received reference signal level value (for example, it may be -100dbm), if the service If the network quality of the network satisfies the third preset condition, it may be considered that the received reference signal level value measured by the serving cell corresponding to the serving network is greater than or equal to the preset received reference signal level value.
- RSRP reference signal received power
- a preset received reference signal level value for example, it may be -100dbm
- the first request information is further used to indicate a third service network set, where the third service network set includes accessible service networks of the terminal device.
- the first request information sent by the first network element to the second network element may also be used to indicate an accessible service network of the terminal device.
- the first request information may include the above-mentioned first information.
- the second network element can determine, according to its own network configuration information, that the terminal device's accessible service network satisfies the terminal device handover requirement in the current time period.
- the service network is reachable in the current time period and/or the network quality of the service network meets the third preset condition
- service network ie, the first service network set
- the target serving network is determined, so as to improve the efficiency and success rate of the terminal device switching between the serving network and the serving cell.
- the above-mentioned second network element includes a mobility management function network element corresponding to the current serving network of the terminal device, or the second network element includes a wireless access network network element corresponding to the target serving network.
- the first network element when the first network element cannot directly communicate with the wireless access network element corresponding to the target service network, the first network element can communicate with the network element of the mobility management function corresponding to the current service network of the terminal device. Communication with the wireless access network element corresponding to the target service network can be understood as that the first network element communicates with the wireless access network element corresponding to the target service network through the mobility management function network element corresponding to the current service network of the terminal device. Initiate a handover request.
- the first network element may directly communicate with the wireless access network network element corresponding to the target service network. It can be understood that the first network element does not need to pass through the current service network of the terminal device.
- the corresponding mobility management function network element may directly initiate a handover request to the wireless access network network element corresponding to the target service network.
- a method for network switching including: a fourth network element determining a first service network set, where the first service network set includes accessible service networks of a terminal device, and the first service network set The service network meets the first preset condition, and the first preset condition is used to determine whether the service network meets the handover requirement of the terminal device.
- the fourth network element sends third information, where the third information is used to indicate the first serving network set.
- the fourth network element determines a service network (ie, a first service network set) that the terminal device can access and that meets the switching requirements of the terminal device, and sends the first network element to the first network element.
- a service network ie, a first service network set
- the first serving network set or in other words, sending third information for indicating the first serving network set to the first network element, so that the first network element can determine according to the third information and its own network configuration information
- the first network element can determine the target service network from the plurality of first service networks according to the priority information
- the target serving cell corresponding to the target service network compared with the optional or arbitrarily determined target service network
- the network switching method in the present application can ensure that a target with better network performance that is more suitable for the terminal device is selected
- the serving network and the corresponding target serving cell ensure the network performance when the UE needs to perform the handover between the serving network and the serving cell, and also ensure the continuous operation of the terminal equipment service.
- the first preset condition includes that the serving network is reachable in the current time period and/or the network quality of the serving network satisfies the third preset condition.
- the above-mentioned third preset condition may refer to a preset reference signal received power (reference signal received power, RSRP), or a preset received reference signal level value (for example, it may be -100dbm), if the service If the network quality of the network satisfies the third preset condition, it may be considered that the received reference signal level value measured by the serving cell corresponding to the serving network is greater than or equal to the preset received reference signal level value.
- RSRP reference signal received power
- a preset received reference signal level value for example, it may be -100dbm
- the method before the fourth network element determines the first service network set, the method further includes: the fourth network element receives fifth information, where the fifth information is used indicating the accessible service network of the terminal device; and the fourth network element determining the first service network set includes: the fourth network element determining the first service network according to the fifth information and the first preset condition set.
- the fourth network element may receive fifth information, where the fifth information is used to indicate an accessible service network of the terminal device, and the fourth network element may receive the fifth information according to the fifth information.
- the fourth network element may determine the service network that the terminal device can access according to the fifth information, and then determine according to the network configuration information of the fourth network element A service network (ie, a first service network set) that can be accessed by the terminal device that satisfies the first preset condition is obtained.
- the method before the fourth network element determines the first service network set, the method further includes: the fourth network element receives first request information, the first request The information is used to request that the terminal device be handed over to the target serving cell, and the first request information includes fifth information, where the fifth information is used to indicate an accessible serving network of the terminal device.
- the above fifth information can be carried in the first request information sent by the first network element, which can save signaling and communication resources.
- the fourth network element includes a mobility management function network element corresponding to the current service network of the terminal device, or the fourth network element includes a mobility management function network element corresponding to the target service network, or the fourth network element includes a mobility management function network element corresponding to the target service network.
- the element includes a radio access network element corresponding to the target service network.
- an apparatus for network switching is provided, and the apparatus can be used to perform the operations of the communication device in the first aspect and any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
- the communication apparatus includes means for performing the steps or functions described in the first aspect.
- the corresponding means may be the first communication device of the first aspect.
- the steps or functions can be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
- an apparatus for network switching is provided, and the apparatus can be used to perform the operation of the communication device in the second aspect and any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
- the apparatus may include means for performing the steps or functions described in the second aspect above.
- the steps or functions can be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
- a computer-readable medium stores a computer program (which may also be referred to as code, or an instruction), when it is run on a computer, so that the above-mentioned first aspect and any one thereof The methods in the possible implementations are performed; or the methods in the above-mentioned second aspect and any possible implementations thereof are performed.
- a computer program which may also be referred to as code, or an instruction
- a chip system including a memory and a processor, the memory is used for storing a computer program, and the processor is used for calling and running the computer program from the memory, so that the communication device installed with the chip system executes the above-mentioned The method in the first aspect and any possible implementation manner thereof; or the method in the above-mentioned second aspect and any possible implementation manner thereof.
- a chip in a seventh aspect, includes a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is used to communicate with an external device or an internal device, and the processor is used to implement the above-mentioned first aspect and any possible implementation manner thereof or the processor is used to implement the method in the second aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof.
- the chip may further include a memory in which instructions are stored, and the processor is configured to execute the instructions stored in the memory or derived from other instructions.
- the processor is used to implement the method in the above-mentioned first aspect and any possible implementation manner thereof; or the processor is used for implementing the method in the above-mentioned second aspect and any possible implementation manner thereof.
- a computer program product comprising: a computer program (also referred to as code, or instructions), which, when the computer program is run, causes the computer to execute the first aspect and any one of the above a method in one possible implementation manner; or perform the method in the second aspect and any one of the possible implementation manners.
- a computer program also referred to as code, or instructions
- a communication device including a processor and a memory, where the memory is used for storing a computer program, and the processor is used for calling and running the computer program from the memory, so that the communication device executes the first secret aspect and the communication method in any possible implementation manner thereof, or perform the second aspect and the communication method in any possible implementation manner thereof.
- the processor is one or more and the memory is one or more.
- the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory may be provided separately from the processor.
- a communication device in one possible design, includes a communication interface, a processor and a memory.
- the processor is used to control the communication interface to send and receive signals
- the memory is used to store a computer program
- the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the communication device executes the first aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof method, or perform the method in the second aspect and any of its possible implementation manners.
- a system comprising the network switching apparatus of the third aspect and the network switching apparatus of the fourth aspect.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a system scenario to which an embodiment of the present application is applicable.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a network switching method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a network switching method provided by another embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a network switching method provided by another embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a network switching method provided by another embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 6 is a schematic block diagram of a network switching apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a network switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- LTE long term evolution
- FDD frequency division duplex
- TDD time division duplex
- UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
- 5th generation, 5G future fifth generation
- 5.5th generation, 5.5G sixth generation
- 6th generation new wireless
- new radio new radio
- the source service network and the target service network are both fifth-generation system networks as an example, and the network architecture of the source service network or the target service network in the present application will be described with reference to FIG. 1 .
- the 5G mobile communication system architecture is mainly composed of terminal equipment, radio access network, core network and data network.
- terminal equipment, radio access network and core network are the main components of the architecture.
- the control plane consists of two parts, the control plane is responsible for the management of the mobile network, and the user plane is responsible for the transmission of service data.
- the communication system includes but is not limited to the following network elements:
- the terminal equipment in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as: user equipment (user equipment, UE), mobile station (mobile station, MS), mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, Mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user equipment, etc.
- user equipment user equipment
- MS mobile station
- MT mobile terminal
- access terminal subscriber unit, subscriber station, Mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user equipment, etc.
- the terminal device is the entrance for the mobile user to interact with the network, and has certain computing and storage capabilities.
- the terminal device can display a service window to the user and accept user operation input.
- a terminal device in 5G will use a new air interface technology to establish a signal connection and a data connection with the wireless access network, so as to transmit control signals and service data to the mobile network.
- the terminal device may be a device that provides voice/data connectivity to the user, such as a handheld device with a wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, and the like.
- some examples of terminals are: mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer, notebook computer, PDA, mobile internet device (MID), wearable device, virtual reality (VR) device, augmented Augmented reality (AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving or autopilot, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, smart grid ( Wireless terminal in smart grid), wireless terminal in transportation safety, wireless terminal in smart city, wireless terminal in smart home, cellular phone, cordless phone, session initiation protocol Session initiation protocol (SIP) telephones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (PDAs), handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices, or other devices connected to wireless modems Processing equipment, vehicle-mounted equipment, wearable equipment, terminal equipment in the future 5G network or terminal equipment in the future evolved public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN), etc.,
- the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
- Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices, which are the general term for the intelligent design of daily wear and the development of wearable devices using wearable technology, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes.
- a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
- wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-scale, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which needs to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
- the terminal device may also be a terminal device in an internet of things (internet of things, IoT) system.
- IoT internet of things
- the terminal device may also communicate with terminal devices of other communication systems, for example, inter-device communication.
- Radio access network (RAN)
- a wireless access network is an access network that realizes the function of an access network based on a wireless communication technology. It is usually deployed near the terminal equipment to provide network access functions for authorized users in a specific area, and can determine different quality transmission tunnels to transmit user data according to the user's level and service requirements.
- the wireless access network can manage the wireless resources, reasonably utilize the self-radio resources to provide wireless access or air interface access services for the terminal on demand, and then complete the forwarding of control signals and user data between the terminal and the core network.
- the radio access network may be an evolved NodeB (evolved NodeB, eNB or eNodeB) in the LTE system, or may be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario , or the access device can be a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, an access device in a 5G network or an access device in a future evolved PLMN network, etc., and can be an access point in a WLAN ( access point, AP), which may be a gNB in the NR system, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
- a WLAN access point, AP
- the data network is used to provide users with business services.
- the client is located in the UE, and the server is located in the data network.
- the data network can be a private network, such as a local area network, or an external network that is not controlled by operators, such as the Internet, or a private network jointly deployed by operators, such as providing IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) services network of.
- IMS IP multimedia subsystem
- the core network of the 5G network architecture is responsible for maintaining the subscription data of the mobile network, managing the network elements of the mobile network, and providing functions such as session management, mobility management, policy management, and security authentication for the UE. For example, when the UE is attached, it provides network access authentication for the UE; when the UE has a service request, it allocates network resources for the UE; when the UE moves, it updates the network resources for the UE; when the UE is idle, it provides fast recovery for the UE mechanism; when the UE is detached, it releases network resources for the UE; when the UE has service data, it provides data routing functions for the UE, such as forwarding uplink data to the data network; or receives UE downlink data from the data network and forwards it to the wireless access point. Access the network and send it to the UE.
- the user plane network elements of the core network include user plane function network elements (UPF); the control plane network elements of the core network include the authentication server function.
- Network element authentication server function, AUSF
- core network access and mobility management function network element core access and mobility management function, AMF
- session management function network element session management function, SMF
- network slice selection function network element network slice selection function, NSSF
- network exposure function network exposure function, NEF
- network storage function network repository function, NRF
- unified data management network element unified data management, UDM
- policy Control function network element policy control function, PCF
- application function network element application function, AF
- the core network control plane adopts a service-oriented architecture, and the interaction between the network elements of the control plane adopts the method of service invocation to replace the point-to-point communication method in the traditional architecture.
- the control plane network elements will open services to other control plane network elements for other control plane network elements to call; in point-to-point communication, there will be a set of specific messages on the communication interface between the control plane network elements, which can only be used by other control plane network elements.
- the control plane NEs at both ends of the interface are used for communication.
- each network element in the core network of the 5G network architecture is further introduced below:
- Access and mobility management function network element access and mobility management function, AMF
- the access and mobility management function network elements are mainly used for access management and mobility management, etc., and are responsible for the state maintenance of the UE, the reachability management of the UE, the non-mobility management (MM), and the non-access stratum (non-access stratum).
- -access-stratum, NAS) message forwarding, session management (session management, SM) N2 message forwarding (provides transport for SM messages between UE and SMF). It can be used to implement functions other than session management in the mobility management entity (mobility management entity, MME) function, for example, functions such as legal interception, or access authorization (or authentication).
- the functions of the access and mobility management network elements can be implemented.
- Unified data management network element unified data management, UDM
- the unified data management network element belongs to the core network control plane network element and belongs to the user server. It can be used for unified data management and supports functions such as 3GPP authentication, user identity operation, authority granting, registration and mobility management. In this embodiment of the present application, it can be used to implement the function of managing user subscription contexts.
- Session management function network element (session management function, SMF)
- the session management function network element is mainly used for session management, Internet Protocol (IP) address allocation and management of terminal equipment, selection of manageable user plane function (UPF) network elements, policy control and charging functions
- IP Internet Protocol
- UPF manageable user plane function
- it can be used to realize the function of the session management network element, allocate resources for the session of the UE, and release the resources; wherein the resources include session quality of service (quality of service, QoS), session paths, and forwarding rules.
- QoS session quality of service
- PCF Policy control function
- the policy control network element is used to guide the unified policy framework of network behavior, and provides policy rule information and the like for control plane functional network elements (eg, AMF, SMF network elements, etc.).
- control plane functional network elements eg, AMF, SMF network elements, etc.
- the user plane functional network element can be used to perform user data packet forwarding or QoS parameter processing of user plane data according to the routing rules of the SMF.
- User data can be accessed to a data network (DN) through this network element.
- DN data network
- the user plane function network element sends the uplink data to the DN or other UPFs according to the routing rules of the SMF, or forwards the downlink data to other UPFs or RANs. In this embodiment of the present application, it can be used to implement the function of the user plane network element.
- Network storage function network element (network repository function, NRF)
- the network storage function network element can be used to support network element services or network element discovery functions, receive NF discovery requests from network function (network function, NF) instances, and provide information about the discovered NF instances to the NF instances. and NF configuration files to support maintaining available NF instances and the services they support.
- the network storage function network element can be used to provide other network elements with a storage function and a selection function of network function entity information.
- the network capability opening function network element is used to open the service and network capability information (such as terminal location, session reachability) and the like provided by the 3GPP network function to the outside.
- Application function network element (application function, AF)
- the application function network element is used to interact with the core network to provide services, and to affect service flow routing, access network capability opening, and policy control.
- Authentication server function network element authentication server function, AUSF
- the authentication server function network element is mainly used for user authentication and authorization to ensure that the user is a legitimate user.
- Network slice selection function Network element (network slice selection function, NSSF)
- the network slice selection function network element is used to determine the network slice instance that the UE is allowed to access according to the slice selection auxiliary information and subscription information of the UE.
- the N2 interface is the interface between the RAN and the AMF network element, which is used for sending radio parameters, non-access stratum (NAS) signaling, etc.
- the N3 interface is the interface between the RAN and the UPF network element.
- the N4 interface is the interface between the SMF network element and the UPF network element, which is used to transmit service policies, tunnel identification information of N3 connection, data buffer indication information, and downlink data notification. messages, etc.
- the N6 interface is the interface between the DN network element and the UPF network element, which is used to transmit user plane data, etc.
- Nudm is the service interface provided by UDM
- Namf is the service interface provided by AMF.
- the above-mentioned network architecture applied to the embodiments of the present application is only a network architecture described from the perspective of a traditional point-to-point architecture and a service-oriented architecture, and the network architecture applicable to the embodiments of the present application is not limited thereto. Any network architecture capable of implementing the functions of the foregoing network elements is applicable to the embodiments of the present application.
- the names of the various network elements of the 5G system in FIG. 1 are only examples and not limitations. In other network types, network elements with the same or similar functions may have other names.
- the name of the interface is also just an example, and the name of the interface in the specific implementation may be other names, which are not specifically limited in this application.
- the names of the messages (or signaling) transmitted between the above network elements are only an example, and do not constitute any limitation on the functions of the messages themselves.
- the above-mentioned network elements may also be referred to as entities, devices, devices, or modules, etc., which are not particularly limited in this application.
- the description of the network element is omitted in some descriptions.
- the AMF network element is abbreviated as AMF.
- the "AMF” should be understood as the AMF network element. The following , omitting the description of the same or similar situations.
- the above-mentioned functional network elements may be network elements in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or virtualized functions instantiated on a platform (eg, a cloud platform).
- each component network element is only exemplary, and not all functions of each component network element are required when applied to the embodiments of the present application.
- the above network architecture is illustrated by taking the source service network and the target service network as 5G networks as an example, wherein the 5G network can be a public network or a non-public network; in fact, the source service network and The target service network can also be other types of networks, such as the fourth generation mobile communication network, the future fifth and fifth generation mobile communication network, or the sixth generation mobile communication network, etc., the network type of the source service network and the target service network It may be the same or different, and it should be understood that the network architecture applicable to the embodiments of this application is not limited to this.
- a network can be divided into a public network and a non-public network, wherein a public network is a public network, such as a public land mobile network (PLMN), a non-public network (NPN) It is a non-public network.
- a public network is a public network, such as a public land mobile network (PLMN), a non-public network (NPN) It is a non-public network.
- PLMN public land mobile network
- NPN non-public network
- PLMN public land mobile network
- NPN non-public network
- Connection management is used to establish and release the control plane signaling connection between the UE and the AMF.
- the NAS signaling connection is used for NAS signaling interaction between the UE and the core network.
- the NAS signaling connection includes the signaling connection between the UE and the RAN and the N2 connection between the RAN and the AMF.
- the NAS signaling connection between the UE and the AMF has not been established.
- the UE is in the CM-IDLE state.
- the UE selects an available serving network and an available cell according to the network and cell information broadcast by the RAN for network access.
- a NAS signaling connection is established between the UE and the AMF, and the UE transitions from the CM-IDLE state to the CM-CONNECTED state.
- the network quality of the serving network can be called the source serving network
- the serving cell can be called the source serving cell
- the movement of the UE may not meet the network requirements of the UE in the current area, because the same geographical area may be within the coverage of multiple serving networks, or the current area where the UE is located may belong to different serving cells. They belong to different serving networks.
- a serving network can be called a target serving network
- a serving cell can be called a target serving cell
- the RAN (which can be referred to as S-RAN) in the source serving network will be based on the network configuration information corresponding to the S-RAN side and the UE's measurement and reporting information on the wireless signal quality of multiple cells (which may be referred to as UE's measurement reporting).
- the serving cell set includes at least one serving cell, and one of the serving cells is selected as the target serving cell.
- the serving network corresponding to the serving cell is used as the target serving network.
- the UE switches from the source serving network to the target serving network and from the source serving cell to the target serving cell, but is arbitrarily determined from multiple reachable serving cells that meet the signal level quality requirements.
- the target serving cell and the target serving network corresponding to the target serving cell cannot make the UE switch to the optimal serving network and the optimal serving cell, the network quality of the UE cannot be guaranteed, and the network effect may be poor.
- the above-mentioned signal level quality requirement may refer to the signal level quality required by the switching threshold configuration.
- the present application proposes a method for network handover, which can improve the network performance of the target serving network and the target serving cell, and ensure the network quality of the UE when moving.
- the source serving network can determine the target serving network and the target serving cell according to the network selection policy information preconfigured by the UE (also referred to as the UE's network selection information), specifically, the source serving network
- the network can determine the priority information of the reachable serving network corresponding to the above-mentioned multiple serving cells that meet the signal level quality requirements according to the measurement report information of the UE, the configuration information on the network side, and the network selection policy information preconfigured by the UE,
- the higher serving network is determined as the target serving network, the serving cell corresponding to the target serving network is taken as the target serving cell, and the UE is handed over from the source serving network to the target serving network and from the source serving cell to the target serving cell.
- the network selection information of the UE (an example of the first information) is used to indicate the set of service networks that the UE can access and the priority information corresponding to each service network in the set of service networks, and the measurement report information of the UE above Used to determine the serving cell that satisfies the preset signal level quality value, the above-mentioned network side configuration information (an example of the second information) is used to determine the serving network that satisfies the UE handover requirement, where the UE handover requirement can be that the serving network can be used in the current time period.
- the network quality of the reaching and/or serving network satisfies the first preset condition.
- both the source service network and the target service network are fifth-generation system networks.
- the first network element determines a plurality of first service networks and a priority corresponding to each first service network.
- the above-mentioned multiple first service networks satisfy at least three conditions: the above-mentioned multiple first service networks are service networks accessible to the UE, and the above-mentioned multiple first service networks meet the handover requirements of the UE (that is, the first service network preset condition), the signal quality of the serving cells corresponding to the plurality of first serving networks satisfies the signal level quality required by the handover threshold configuration (ie, the second preset condition).
- the first network element determines the plurality of first network elements according to the network selection information of the UE (that is, the first information), the network configuration information of the first network element (that is, the second information), and the measurement report information of the UE.
- a serving network and the priority corresponding to each first serving network wherein the network selection information of the UE is used to determine the serving network that the UE can access and the priority information of each accessible serving network, the first serving network
- the network configuration information of the network element is used to determine the serving network that meets the handover requirement of the UE, and the measurement report information of the UE is used to determine the serving cell whose signal quality meets the signal level quality required by the handover threshold configuration and the service corresponding to the serving cell. network.
- the manner in which the first network element obtains the network selection information of the UE may be that the first network element requests the mobility management function network element corresponding to the current serving network of the UE or the historical serving network of the UE.
- the corresponding radio access network element acquires the network selection information of the UE.
- the first network element may also receive third information sent by the second network element, where the third information is used to indicate a service network that satisfies at least two conditions (that is, the first service network set) and the corresponding service network.
- the at least two conditions include: the serving network is a serving network accessible to the UE, and the serving network satisfies the handover requirement of the UE (ie, the first preset condition).
- the third information may be carried in response information sent by the second network element for the last handover request.
- the first network element determines a plurality of first serving networks and a priority corresponding to each first serving network according to the third information and the measurement report information of the UE, wherein the third information Used to determine the serving networks accessible to the UE and meeting the handover requirements of the UE, and the priority information of each serving network, and the measurement report information of the UE is used to determine the signal quality that meets the signal level required by the handover threshold configuration The quality of the serving cell and the serving network corresponding to the serving cell.
- the first network element may also receive fourth information sent by the UE, where the fourth information is used to indicate a serving network that satisfies at least two conditions (that is, a fifth serving network set) and a priority corresponding to the serving network:
- the serving network is a serving network accessible to the UE, and the serving cell corresponding to the serving network satisfies the signal level quality required by the handover threshold configuration (ie, the second preset condition).
- the fourth information may be carried in measurement reporting information of the UE.
- the first network element determines a plurality of first service networks and a priority corresponding to each first service network according to the foregoing fourth information and the network configuration information of the first network element, wherein the The fourth information is used to determine a serving network accessible to the UE and whose corresponding serving cell satisfies the signal level and quality required by the handover threshold configuration, and the priority information of each serving network, and the network configuration of the first network element. The information is used to determine the serving network that satisfies the UE's handover requirements.
- the above-mentioned handover requirement of the UE includes that the serving network is reachable in the current time period and/or the network quality of the serving network satisfies the third preset condition.
- the first network element determines a target service network from a plurality of first service networks according to the priority corresponding to each first service network.
- the first network element determines the first service network with the highest priority as the target service network according to the priority corresponding to each first service network, and determines the cell corresponding to the target service network as the target service area.
- the target service network if there is more than one first service network with the highest priority, in other words, if the highest priority corresponds to more than one first service network, one of them can be selected as the target service network, and the target service network corresponding to the The cell is determined as the target serving cell.
- the serving cell with the highest signal quality may be determined as the target serving cell.
- the first network element sends first request information to the second network element, where the first request information is used to request handover of the terminal device to a target serving cell, where the target serving cell belongs to the target serving network.
- the first network element may further receive first response information to the first request information, where the first response information is used to indicate whether the terminal device is successfully handed over to the target serving cell.
- the above-mentioned first response information may include the above-mentioned third information. If the UE fails to successfully switch to the target serving cell and the target serving network this time, the third information can be used to determine the next target serving cell and target service. network.
- the network selection information of the UE (that is, the first information) can be carried in the first request information, and the network selection information of the UE can be used by the second network element according to the network selection information of the UE and the network of the second network element.
- the configuration information determines the above-mentioned third information.
- the first network element includes the RAN corresponding to the current serving network of the UE
- the second network element includes the AMF corresponding to the current serving network of the terminal device
- the second network element includes all
- the above-mentioned third network element includes the AMF corresponding to the current service network of the terminal device or the RAN corresponding to the historical service network of the terminal device. It should be understood that the present application is not limited to this, and the above-mentioned network element may also be Network elements with similar or identical functions in other communication systems.
- the network configuration information of different network elements is not necessarily the same. Therefore, for the same service network, the result of whether the service network is determined by the first network element according to the network configuration information of the first network element for the UE's handover request may be different from the result of the first network element.
- the second network element determines whether the serving network has a different handover request based on the network configuration information of the second network element. For example, the first network element determines the current time period of the serving network according to the network configuration information of the corresponding first network element.
- the handover requirement of the UE is met, which can be represented by the fact that the serving network is reachable in the current time period and/or the network quality of the serving network satisfies the third preset condition, and the second network element is based on the network configuration information of the corresponding second network element. It is judged that the current time period of the serving network does not meet the handover requirement of the UE.
- network switching method 300 of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 3 , taking as an example that both the source service network and the target service network are fifth-generation system networks. Among them, network element #A and network element #B belong to the source service network, and network element #C and network element #D belong to the target service network.
- network element #A obtains information #A and information #B, and determines a target serving cell and a target serving network according to information #A, information #B and network configuration information #A corresponding to network element #A.
- the network element #A obtains information #A, where the information #A is used to indicate the service network set #A accessible to the UE and the priority corresponding to each service network in the service network set #A.
- network element #A acquires the information #A from network element #B.
- the way that network element #B obtains the information #A may be, if network element #B is a mobility management network element (such as an AMF network element or a mobility management node function) on the core network side of the source serving network (mobility management entity, MME) network element), the network element #B can obtain the information #A from the UDM according to the standard registration process of the UE.
- a mobility management network element such as an AMF network element or a mobility management node function
- MME mobility management entity
- the way that the network element #B obtains the information #A from the UDM according to the standard registration process of the UE may be: the network element #B registers with the UDM, and subscribes to notify the network element when the network element #B deregisters in the UDM. Notification of #B; network element #B sends a user subscription information acquisition request/response (Nudm_SDM_Get Request/Response) to UDM to obtain the subscription information of the UE; the subscription information includes the information #A; optionally, network element #B After the information #A is acquired, the information #A may be stored, for example, the information #A is stored in the UE context as a part of the UE subscription information.
- the subscription information of the UE may include the information #A, and the subscription information of the UE is stored in the UDM network element.
- the above-mentioned information #A is the network selection policy information preconfigured by the UE (also referred to as the network selection information of the UE).
- the UE network selection information may include, but is not limited to, the following: a list of independently deployed non-public networks (SNPN) controlled by the UE, and network priorities corresponding to each network therein; and/ or a list of independently deployed non-public networks controlled by a network, and a network priority corresponding to each network therein; and/or a list of network groups controlled by a network, and a priority corresponding to each network group therein.
- SNPN independently deployed non-public networks
- network element #A is the RAN (referred to as S-RAN) corresponding to the source serving network, and the network element #A can obtain the UE's selection from the mobility management network element of the core network of the source serving network. web information.
- the process for network element #A to obtain the UE's network selection information from the mobility management network element of the source serving network core network may be: network element #A obtains the UE's network selection information through the initial UE context establishment process, that is, The mobility management network element of the core network of the source service network sends the network selection information of the UE to the network element #A, and the network selection information of the UE is carried in the initial context establishment sent by the mobility management network element of the core network of the source service network to the network element #A request (INITIAL CONTEXT SETUP REQUEST); or network element #A obtains the UE's network selection information through the UE context modification process, that is, the mobility management network element of the source service network core network sends the UE's network selection information to network element #A, the The network selection information of the UE is carried in the UE context modification request (UE CONTEXT MODIFICATION REQUEST) sent by the mobility management network element of the core network of the source serving network
- the network element #A stores the information #A.
- the network element #A obtains information #B, where the information #B is used to determine the serving cell set #B, the serving network corresponding to each serving cell in the serving cell set #B, and each serving cell in the serving cell set #B A radio signal level value corresponding to a serving cell, wherein the radio signal level value of each serving cell in the serving cell set #B satisfies the second preset condition.
- the network element #A acquires the mobility measurement report information of the UE, and the mobility measurement report information of the UE includes the information #B.
- the serving network set #B includes a serving network corresponding to each serving cell in the serving cell set #B.
- the network element #A determines the target serving network and the target serving cell corresponding to the target serving network according to the information #A, the information #B and the network configuration information #A corresponding to the network element #A.
- the network configuration information #A is used to indicate a serving network that satisfies the condition #A (ie, the first preset condition), and the condition #A is used to determine whether the serving network satisfies the handover requirement of the terminal device.
- the condition #A includes, but is not limited to, the serving network is reachable in the current time period and/or the network quality of the serving network satisfies the third preset condition.
- the above-mentioned third preset condition may refer to a preset reference signal received power (reference signal received power, RSRP), or a preset received reference signal level value (for example, it may be -100dbm), if the service If the network quality of the network satisfies the third preset condition, it may be considered that the received reference signal level value measured by the serving cell corresponding to the serving network is greater than or equal to the preset received reference signal level value.
- RSRP reference signal received power
- a preset received reference signal level value for example, it may be -100dbm
- the network element #A determines the target serving network and the target serving cell corresponding to the target serving network according to the information #A, the information #B and the network configuration information #A corresponding to the network element #A
- the process can be:
- the network element #A determines the service network set #A that the terminal device can access according to the information #A;
- the network element #A determines the serving network set #B according to the information #B, and the signal quality of the serving cell corresponding to each serving network in the serving network set #B satisfies the second preset condition;
- the network element #A determines, according to the network configuration information #A, the serving network set #C that satisfies the above-mentioned condition #A (that is, the first preset condition);
- the network element #A determines the service network set #D according to the service network set #A, the service network set #B and the service network set #C, the service network set #D includes the service network set #A, the service network set #B and the service network set #D.
- the network element #A determines the priority of each service network in the service network set #D according to the information #A;
- Network element #A determines the target service network according to the priority of each service network in the service network set #D;
- the target service network is the service network with the highest priority in the service network set #D;
- the network element #A determines the serving cell corresponding to the target serving network according to the correspondence between the serving cell and the serving network in the information #B, and determines it as the target serving cell.
- the signal quality of the serving cell corresponding to each serving network in the serving cell set #B satisfying the second preset condition includes: the signal quality of the serving cell corresponding to each serving network in the serving cell set #B The average value is greater than or equal to the preset threshold value #A.
- the preset threshold value #A corresponding to the above signal level value may be set by the network element #A.
- the serving cell with the highest signal quality can be determined as the target serving cell according to the above-mentioned information #B.
- network element #A determines the above-mentioned service network set #A, service network set #B, and service network set #C, nor does it limit network element #A according to the above-mentioned service network set.
- #A, service network set #B and service network set #C determine the order of service network set #D, for example, network element #A can first determine the above-mentioned service network set #A, service network set #B and service network set #C The intersection of any two service network sets in the set, and then determine the intersection of the intersection with the rest of the service network sets, as long as the service network set #D can be determined, this application determines the determination method and order in the determination service network set #D. Not limited.
- the serving network set #D is an empty set, it means that the terminal device fails to switch to the target serving network and target serving cell this time, and the terminal device still chooses to camp on the source serving network and the source serving cell.
- the network element #A may determine the target serving cell according to the information #B and the network configuration information #A corresponding to the network element #A, and the specific process may be:
- the network element #A determines the serving network set #B according to the information #B, and the signal quality of the serving cell corresponding to each serving network in the serving network set #B satisfies the second preset condition;
- the network element #A determines the service network set #C that satisfies the above condition #A according to the network configuration information #A;
- the network element #A determines the service network set #E according to the above-mentioned service network set #B and the service network set #C, and the service network set #E includes the intersection of the service network set #B and the service network set #C;
- the network element #A determines the serving cell corresponding to the source serving network as the target serving cell according to the correspondence between the serving cell and the serving network in the information #B. At this time, the terminal device There is no need to switch the serving network, and it still chooses to stay in the source serving network, and only needs to switch the source serving cell of the terminal device to the target serving cell. When the network and the serving cell are switched, the priority of the source serving network of the UE is the serving network with the highest priority.
- the serving cell with the highest signal quality can be determined as the target serving cell according to the above-mentioned information #B.
- network element #A sends request information #a to network element #B, where request information #a is used to request to switch the terminal device from the source serving network to the target serving network and to switch the terminal device from the source serving cell to The target serving cell, the request information #a is also used to indicate the target serving network and the target serving cell.
- network element #A sends a handover request (Handover Required) message (ie, request information #a) to network element #B, where the Handover Required message and the request information #a are used to request the terminal device Handover from the source serving network to the target serving network and handover of the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target serving cell, the Handover Required message carries the indication information used to indicate the target serving network and the target serving cell, such as the target service Identification information of the network and the target serving cell.
- the network element #B judges whether the target service network satisfies the condition #A according to the network configuration information #B corresponding to the network element #B.
- the network element #B can also judge whether each service network in the service network set #A indicated by the information #A satisfies the condition #A according to the network configuration information #B corresponding to the network element #B.
- the following steps S306 to S307 can be performed.
- the network element #B sends response information #a to the network element #A, where the response information #a is used to reject the handover of the terminal device from the source serving network to the target serving network and the handover of the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target serving cell request.
- network element #B sends a handover preparation failure (HANDOVER PREPARATION FAILURE) message to network element #A, where the HANDOVER PREPARATION FAILURE message is used to reject the terminal device from switching from the source service network to the target service network and A request for the terminal device to handover from the source serving cell to the target serving cell.
- HANDOVER PREPARATION FAILURE handover preparation failure
- the response message #a includes indication information for rejecting the above handover request and a reason for rejection.
- the reason for rejection may be that the target serving network is performing congestion control in the current time period and/or the target network is unreachable in the current time period.
- network element #B may determine the first candidate service network set accessible to the terminal device according to network configuration information #B and information #A, and each service network in the first candidate service network set satisfies this condition.
- #A the above-mentioned response information #a may also include the first candidate service network set.
- the first candidate service network set includes all or part of the service networks that satisfy the condition #A in the service network set #A determined by the network element #B according to the network configuration information #B.
- the network element #A updates the network configuration information #A according to the response information #a, that is, the network element #A updates the service network set #C indicated by the network configuration information #A and satisfying the condition #A according to the response information #a.
- network element #A determines the target service network as a service network that does not satisfy condition #A according to the indication information in response information #a that rejects the above handover request, and network element #A updates the network accordingly.
- the above-mentioned service network set #C that satisfies the condition #A indicated by the configuration information #A.
- the rejection reason in the response information #a includes the time information that the target service network is unreachable, and the network element #A starts and sets a timer according to the time information that the target service network is unreachable, before the timer expires or Before network element #B notifies that the target network is reachable, network element #A stops sending or forwarding information about handover to all cells belonging to the unreachable target serving network.
- the response information #a further includes the first candidate service network set determined by network element #B, and network element #A determines the service network set within the current time period according to the first candidate service network set For the service network in #A that satisfies the condition #A, the next time the terminal device needs to switch between the service network and the serving cell, the target service network can be determined from the first candidate service network, so as to improve the switching service network and service network for the terminal device. Efficiency and success rate of the cell.
- steps S308 to 309 can be executed.
- network element #B sends request information #b to network element #C, where request information #b is used to request to switch the terminal device from the source serving network to the target serving network and to switch the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target serving cell, the request information #b is also used to indicate the target serving network and the target serving cell.
- network element #B sends a UE context establishment request (Namf_Communication_CreateUEContext Request) message (namely request information #b) to network element #C, and the Namf_Communication_CreateUEContext Request message is used to request that the terminal device be Handover of the serving network to the target serving network and handover of the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target serving cell, and for indicating the target serving network and the target serving cell.
- Namf_Communication_CreateUEContext Request namely request information #b
- the request information #b includes the above-mentioned information #A and indication information for indicating the target serving network and the target serving cell.
- the request information #b includes the above-mentioned request information #a and the above-mentioned information #A, and the network element #B can directly forward the above-mentioned request information #a and the above-mentioned information #A to the network element # C.
- the network element #C stores the information #A.
- the above network element #C is determined by the network element #B according to the request information #a, and the network element #C corresponds to the target service network.
- the above network element #C is determined by the network element #B according to the request information #a.
- the indication information (for example, the identity identifier (TARGET ID) of the target serving network) carried in the request information #a and used to indicate the target serving network and the target serving cell is determined.
- the network element #C judges whether the target service network satisfies the condition #A according to the network configuration information #C corresponding to the network element #C.
- the above condition #A includes that the network quality of the target service network meets the requirements and/or the target service network is reachable within the current time period.
- the network element #C may also judge whether each service network in the service network set #A in the information #A satisfies the condition #A according to the network configuration information #C corresponding to the network element #C.
- the following steps S111 to S114 can be performed.
- the network element #C sends response information #b1 to the network element #B, where the response information #b1 is used for rejecting the handover of the terminal device from the source serving network to the target serving network and the handover of the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target Serving cell request.
- network element #C sends a UE context establishment response (Namf_Communication_CreateUEContext Response) message (response information #b1) to network element #B, and the Namf_Communication_CreateUEContext Response message is used to reject the terminal device from the source service A network handover to a target serving network and a request to handover the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target serving cell.
- Namf_Communication_CreateUEContext Response UE context establishment response
- response information #b1 response to network element #B
- the Namf_Communication_CreateUEContext Response message is used to reject the terminal device from the source service A network handover to a target serving network and a request to handover the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target serving cell.
- the response information #b1 includes indication information for rejecting the above handover request and a reason for rejection.
- the reason for rejection may be that the target serving network is performing congestion control in the current time period and/or the target network is unreachable in the current time period.
- network element #C may determine a second candidate service network set accessible to the terminal device according to network configuration information #C and information #A, and each service network in the second candidate service network set satisfies this condition.
- #A the above-mentioned response information #b1 may also include the second candidate service network set.
- the above-mentioned second candidate service network set includes all or part of the service networks that satisfy the condition #A in the service network set #A determined by the network element #C according to the network configuration information #C.
- the network element #B updates the network configuration information #B according to the response information #b1, that is, the network element #B updates the service network set that satisfies the condition #A indicated by the network configuration information #B according to the response information #b1.
- network element #B determines the target service network as a service network that does not satisfy condition #A according to the indication information of rejecting the above handover request in response information #b1, and network element #B updates the current The set of service networks that satisfy condition #A during the time period.
- the rejection reason in the response information #b1 includes the time information that the target service network is unreachable, and the network element #B starts and sets a timer according to the time information that the target service network is unreachable, before the timer expires or Before the network element #C notifies that the target network is reachable, the network element #B stops sending or forwarding information about handover to all cells belonging to the target serving network that are not reachable.
- the response information #b1 further includes the second candidate service network set determined by the network element #C, and the network element #A can obtain the second candidate service network set through the network element #B,
- the network element #A can determine, according to the second candidate serving network set, the serving network in the serving network set #A that satisfies the condition #A in the current time period.
- a target serving network is determined in the second candidate serving network, so as to improve the efficiency and success rate of switching between the serving network and the serving cell by the terminal device.
- the network element #B sends the response information #b2 to the network element #A, where the response information #b2 is used to reject the handover of the terminal device from the source serving network to the target serving network and the handover of the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target Serving cell request.
- network element #B sends a handover preparation failure (HANDOVER PRE PARATION FAILURE) message to network element #A, where the HANDOVER PREPARATION FAILURE message is used to refuse to hand over the terminal device from the source service network to the target service The network and a request for handover of the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target serving cell.
- HANDOVER PRE PARATION FAILURE a handover preparation failure
- the response information #b2 includes indication information for rejecting the above handover request and the reason for rejection.
- the reason for rejection may be that the target serving network is performing congestion control in the current time period and/or the target network is unreachable in the current time period.
- the network element #C may determine the second candidate service network set according to the network configuration information #C and the information #A, and the response information #b2 may further include the second candidate service network set.
- the above-mentioned second candidate service network set includes all or part of the service networks that satisfy the condition #A in the service network set #A determined by the network element #C according to the network configuration information #C.
- the network element #A updates the network configuration information #A according to the response information #b2, that is, the network element #A updates the service network set #C that satisfies the condition #A indicated by the network configuration information #A according to the response information #b2.
- network element #A determines the target service network as a service network that does not meet condition #A according to the indication information in response information #b2 that rejects the above handover request, and network element #A updates the current The set of service networks that satisfy condition #A during the time period.
- the rejection reason in response information #b2 includes time information that the target service network is unreachable, and network element #A starts and sets a timer according to the time information that the target service network is unreachable, before the timer expires or Before network element #B notifies that the target network is reachable, network element #A stops sending or forwarding information about handover to all cells belonging to the unreachable target serving network.
- the response information #b2 further includes the second candidate service network set determined by the network element #C, and the network element #A may determine the service network within the current time period according to the second candidate service network set
- the service network that satisfies the condition #A in the set #A, when the terminal equipment needs to switch between the service network and the serving cell next time, the target service network can be determined from the second candidate service network, so as to improve the switching service network and the service network of the terminal equipment. Efficiency and success rate of serving cells.
- the network element #C determines that the target service network satisfies the condition #A according to the network configuration information #C corresponding to the network element #C, the following steps S115 to S116 can be performed.
- network element #C sends request information #c to network element #D, where request information #c is used to request to switch the terminal device from the source serving network to the target serving network and to switch the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target The serving cell, the request information #c is also used to indicate the target serving network and the target serving cell.
- network element #C sends a Handover Request message (that is, request information #c) to network element #D, where the Handover Request message is used to request that the terminal device be switched from the source service network to the target service network and handover the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target serving cell, and for indicating the target serving network and the target serving cell.
- a Handover Request message that is, request information #c
- the request information #c includes the above-mentioned information #A and indication information for indicating the target serving network and the target serving cell.
- the request information #c includes the above-mentioned request information #a and the above-mentioned information #A, and the network element #C can directly forward the above-mentioned request information #a and the above-mentioned information #A to the network element# D.
- the network element #D stores the information #A.
- the network element #D determines whether the target service network satisfies the condition #A according to the network configuration information #D corresponding to the network element #D.
- the above condition #A includes that the network quality of the target service network meets the requirements and/or the target service network is reachable within the current time period.
- the network element #D may further judge whether each service network in the service network set #A in the information #A satisfies the condition #A according to the network configuration information #D corresponding to the network element #D.
- the following steps S216 to S221 can be performed.
- the network element #D sends the response information #c1 to the network element #C, where the response information #c1 is used to reject the handover of the terminal device from the source serving network to the target serving network and the handover of the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target Serving cell request.
- network element #D sends a Handover Request Acknowledge message (ie, response information #c1) to network element #C, and the Handover Request Acknowledge message is used to reject the terminal device from the source A request for handover of the serving network to the target serving network and handover of the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target serving cell.
- a Handover Request Acknowledge message ie, response information #c1
- the response information #c1 includes indication information for rejecting the above handover request and a reason for rejection.
- the reason for rejection may be that the target serving network is performing congestion control in the current time period and/or the target network is unreachable in the current time period.
- network element #D may determine a third candidate service network set accessible to the terminal device according to network configuration information #D and information #A, and each service network in the third candidate service network set satisfies this condition.
- #A the above-mentioned response information #c1 may also include the third candidate service network set.
- the above-mentioned third candidate service network set includes all or part of the service networks that satisfy the condition #A in the service network set #A determined by the network element #D according to the network configuration information #D.
- the network element #C updates the network configuration information #C according to the response information #c1, that is, the network element #C updates the service network set that satisfies the condition #A indicated by the network configuration information #C according to the response information #c1.
- network element #C determines the target service network as a service network that does not meet condition #A according to the indication information in response information #c1 that rejects the above handover request, and network element #C updates the current The set of service networks that satisfy condition #A during the time period.
- the rejection reason included in the response information #c1 includes the time information that the target service network is unreachable, and the network element #C starts and sets a timer according to the time information that the target service network is unreachable, before the timer expires. Or, before the network element #D notifies that the target network is reachable, the network element #C stops sending or forwarding information about handover to all cells belonging to the target serving network that are not reachable.
- the above-mentioned response information #c1 further includes the third candidate service network set determined by network element #D, and network element #A can obtain the third candidate service network set through network element #C and network element #B Serving network set, network element #A can determine, according to the third candidate serving network set, the serving network that satisfies condition #A in serving network set #A in the current time period, and the next time the terminal device needs to switch between serving network and serving cell , the target serving network can be determined from the third candidate serving network, so as to improve the efficiency and success rate of the terminal device switching between the serving network and the serving cell.
- the network element #C sends the response information #c2 to the network element #B, where the response information #c2 is used to reject the handover of the terminal device from the source serving network to the target serving network and the handover of the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target Serving cell request.
- network element #C sends a UE context establishment response (Namf_Communication_CreateUEContext Response) message (response information #c2) to network element #B, and the Namf_Communication_CreateUEContext Response message is used to reject the terminal device from the source service A network handover to a target serving network and a request to handover the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target serving cell.
- Namf_Communication_CreateUEContext Response UE context establishment response
- response information #c2 response to network element #B
- the Namf_Communication_CreateUEContext Response message is used to reject the terminal device from the source service A network handover to a target serving network and a request to handover the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target serving cell.
- the response information #c2 includes indication information for rejecting the above handover request and a reason for rejection.
- the reason for rejection may be that the target serving network is performing congestion control in the current time period and/or the target network is unreachable in the current time period.
- the network element #D may determine the third candidate service network set according to the network configuration information #D and the information #A, and the above-mentioned response information #c2 may further include the third candidate service network set.
- the above-mentioned third candidate service network set includes all or part of the service networks that satisfy the condition #A in the service network set #A determined by the network element #D according to the network configuration information #D.
- the network element #B updates the network configuration information #B according to the response information #c2, that is, the network element #B updates the service network set that satisfies the condition #A indicated by the network configuration information #B according to the response information #c2.
- network element #B determines the target service network as a service network that does not satisfy condition #A according to the indication information of rejecting the above handover request in response information #c2, and network element #B updates the current The set of service networks that satisfy condition #A during the time period.
- the rejection reason included in the response information #c2 includes the time information that the target service network is unreachable, and the network element #B starts and sets a timer according to the time information that the target service network is unreachable, before the timer expires. Or, before the network element #C notifies that the target network is reachable, the network element #B stops sending or forwarding information about handover to all cells belonging to the target serving network that are not reachable.
- the response information #c2 further includes the third candidate service network set determined by the network element #D, and the network element #A can obtain the third candidate service network set through the network element #B,
- the network element #A can determine, according to the third candidate serving network set, the serving network in the serving network set #A that satisfies the condition #A in the current time period.
- a target serving network is determined in the third candidate serving network, so as to improve the efficiency and success rate of switching between the serving network and the serving cell by the terminal device.
- the network element #B sends the response information #c3 to the network element #A, where the response information #c3 is used to reject the handover of the terminal device from the source serving network to the target serving network and the handover of the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target Serving cell request.
- network element #B sends a HANDOVER PREPARATION FAILURE message to network element #A, where the HANDOVER PREPARATION FAILURE message is used to refuse to switch the terminal device from the source service network to the target service network and the terminal device A request for a device to handover from a source serving cell to a target serving cell.
- the response information #c3 includes indication information for rejecting the above handover request and the reason for rejection.
- the reason for rejection may be that the target serving network is performing congestion control in the current time period and/or the target network is unreachable in the current time period.
- the network element #D may determine the third candidate service network set according to the network configuration information #D and the information #A, and the above-mentioned response information #c3 may further include the third candidate service network set.
- the above-mentioned third candidate service network set includes all or part of the service networks that satisfy the condition #A in the service network set #A determined by the network element #D according to the network configuration information #D.
- the network element #A updates the network configuration information #A according to the response information #c3, that is, the network element #A updates the service network set #C that satisfies the condition #A indicated by the network configuration information #A according to the response information #c3.
- network element #A determines the target service network as a service network that does not meet condition #A according to the indication information in response information #c3 for rejecting the above handover request, and network element #A updates the current The set of service networks that satisfy condition #A during the time period.
- the rejection reason in the response information #c3 includes the time information that the target service network is unreachable, and the network element #A starts and sets a timer according to the time information that the target service network is unreachable, before the timer expires or Before network element #B notifies that the target network is reachable, network element #A stops sending or forwarding information about handover to all cells belonging to the unreachable target serving network.
- the above-mentioned response information #c3 further includes the third candidate service network set determined by network element #D, and network element #A may determine the service network within the current time period according to the third candidate service network set
- the service network that satisfies condition #A in the set #A, when the terminal equipment needs to switch between the service network and the serving cell next time, the target service network can be determined from the third candidate service network, so as to improve the switching service network and the terminal equipment. Efficiency and success rate of serving cells.
- the above-mentioned response information #c3 further includes the third candidate service network set determined by network element #D, and network element #A updates the current time period according to the third candidate service network set to satisfy the condition# A's service network set.
- the network element #D determines that the target service network satisfies the condition #A according to the network configuration information #D corresponding to the network element #D, the following steps S222 to S224 can be executed.
- the network element #D sends response information #c4 to the network element #C, where the response information #c4 is used to accept the handover of the terminal device from the source serving network to the target serving network and the handover of the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target Serving cell request.
- the network element #C sends the response information #c5 to the network element #B, where the response information #c5 is used to accept the handover of the terminal device from the source serving network to the target serving network and the handover of the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target Serving cell request.
- the handover execution flow can be entered, the source serving network is handed over to the target serving network, and The source serving cell is switched to the target serving cell.
- the handover execution flow here, refer to the corresponding handover execution flow in the prior art.
- the source serving network can select the target handover network and the target handover cell for the UE according to information #A and information #B. Specifically, after the network element #A on the source serving network side obtains the information #A and the information #B, the network element #A determines the target serving network and the target serving cell based on the information #A and the information #B, and the network element #A initiates the For a handover request, NE #B on the source serving network side, NE #C and NE #D on the target serving network side will decide whether to accept the handover request based on their respective network configuration information, and notify the source serving network side of the final result.
- NE #A or the source serving cell if NE #B on the source serving network side, NE #C and NE #D on the target serving network side accept the handover request based on their respective network configuration information, that is, A handover procedure can be performed to switch the source serving network to the target serving network and the source serving cell to the target serving cell.
- the way in which the network element #A on the source serving network side obtains the information #A may be obtained from the network element #B on the source serving network side.
- network element #B is the source serving network.
- the mobility management network element on the core network side of the network, network element #A is the RAN on the source serving network side, network element #B can first obtain information #A from the UDM according to the standard registration process of the UE, and network element #A
- the UE context initial establishment procedure and the UE context modification procedure in the prior art acquire and update the information #A.
- this information #A may be stored in network element #B and network element #A as part of the UE context.
- network element #B on the source serving network side decides whether to receive the handover request based on the relevant network configuration information, it may also be based on the relevant network configuration information.
- information #A to determine the candidate service network set that satisfies the condition each network element can carry the candidate service network set in the response information sent to other network elements, and other network elements can update the local service meeting the condition according to the candidate network set. network set.
- network element #B and network element #A are the mobility management network element on the core network side of the source serving network and the RAN on the source serving network side, respectively, and network element #C and network element #D are respectively are the mobility management network element on the core network side of the target serving network and the RAN on the target serving network side, and information #A is the network selection information of the UE.
- the above-mentioned network switching method 300 can be used in a service network based on a core network interface (such as an N2 interface).
- a core network interface such as an N2 interface
- the network element #A on the source serving network side cannot directly communicate with the network element #D on the target serving network side
- the network element #A needs to communicate with the network element #D through the network element #B on the source serving network side and the network element #C on the target serving network side.
- the network switching method 400 in FIG. 4 can be used to select and switch the target serving network and the target serving cell.
- the scenario in which the network element #A on the source serving network side can directly communicate with the network element #D on the target serving network side may be: network element #A and network element #D are respectively the source serving network element
- the RAN on the network side can be recorded as S-RAN
- the RAN on the target serving network side can be recorded as T-RAN
- the source serving network and the target serving network are deployed in a network sharing manner
- S-RAN and T-RAN There is an Xn interface connection for direct communication.
- network element #B and network element #A belong to the source service network
- network element #C and network element #D belong to the target service network.
- Steps S401-S403 are similar to steps S301-S303 in the network switching method 300, and the description of steps S301-S303 can be referred to, and details are not repeated here.
- network element #A sends request information #d to network element #D, where request information #d is used to request to switch the terminal device from the source serving network to the target serving network and to switch the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target serving cell, the request information #d is also used to indicate the target serving network and the target serving cell.
- the request information #d includes the above-mentioned information #A and indication information for indicating the target serving network and the target serving cell.
- network element #A sends a Handover Request message (that is, request information #d) to network element #D, where the Handover Request message is used to request that the terminal device be switched from the source service network to the target service network and handover the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target serving cell, and for indicating the target serving network and the target serving cell.
- a Handover Request message that is, request information #d
- the network element #D stores the information #A.
- the network element #D determines whether the target service network satisfies the condition #A according to the network configuration information #D corresponding to the network element #D.
- the above condition #A includes that the network quality of the target service network meets the requirements and/or the target service network is reachable within the current time period.
- the network element #D can also judge whether each service network in the service network set #A in the information #A satisfies the condition #A according to the network configuration information #D corresponding to the network element #D, and set the service network set# All or part of the serving networks in A that satisfy the condition #A are determined as the third candidate serving network set.
- network element #D determines that the target service network does not meet condition #A according to network configuration information #D corresponding to network element #D, or if network element #D determines that the current If the target service network does not allow handover in, the following steps S406 to S407 can be executed.
- the network element #D sends the response information #d1 to the network element #A, where the response information #d1 includes the indication information of the new target service network and the handover indication information.
- the network element #D may determine the third candidate service network set according to the network configuration information #D and the information #A, and the response information #d1 may further include the third candidate service network set.
- the third candidate service network set includes all or part of the service networks that satisfy the condition #A in the service network set #A determined by the network element #D according to the network configuration information #D.
- network element #D may select a new service network that can be switched to from the third candidate service network set, for example, may select the service network with the best network quality in the third candidate service network set It is determined as a new target serving network, and the response information #d1 carries indication information for indicating the new target serving network and handover indication information for switching to the new target serving network.
- network element #A receives the response information #d1 sent by network element #D, and the response information #d1 carries the indication information for indicating the new target serving network and switching to the new target In the handover instruction letter of the serving network, the network element #A can send the indication information of the new target serving network and the handover indication information to the UE, and the UE can initiate handover to the new target serving network according to the information.
- the response information #d1 can also be used to reject the request for switching the terminal device from the source serving network to the target serving network and switching the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target serving cell. Further, the response information #d1 may also include indication information for rejecting the above handover request and reasons for rejection.
- the reason for rejection may be that the target serving network is performing congestion control in the current time period and/or the target network is unreachable in the current time period.
- step 407 may also be performed.
- the network element #A updates the network configuration information #A according to the response information #d1, that is, the network element #A updates the service network set #C that satisfies the condition #A indicated by the network configuration information #A according to the response information #d1.
- the above-mentioned response information #d1 further includes the third candidate service network set determined by network element #D, and network element #A may determine the service network within the current time period according to the third candidate service network set
- the service network that satisfies condition #A in the set #A, when the terminal equipment needs to switch between the service network and the serving cell next time, the target service network can be determined from the third candidate service network, so as to improve the switching service network and the terminal equipment. Efficiency and success rate of serving cells.
- the network element #A determines the service network that satisfies the condition #A according to the third candidate service network set in the response information #d1, and accordingly the network element #A updates the service network set that satisfies the condition #A in the current time period. .
- network element #A determines the target service network as a service network that does not satisfy condition #A according to the indication information in response information #d1 for rejecting the above handover request, and accordingly network element #A updates the current time period that meets the condition. #A's service network set.
- the rejection reason in the response information #d1 includes the time information that the target service network is unreachable, and the network element #A starts and sets a timer according to the time information that the target service network is unreachable, before the timer expires or Before network element #D notifies that the target network is reachable, network element #A stops sending or forwarding information about handover to all cells belonging to the target serving network that are not reachable.
- the following steps S408 to S409 can be performed.
- the network element #C sends response information #d2 to the network element #B, where the response information #d2 is used to accept the handover of the terminal device from the source serving network to the target serving network and the handover of the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target Serving cell request.
- response information #d1 and response information #d2 may be of the same information type.
- the handover execution flow can be entered, the source serving network is handed over to the target serving network, and The source serving cell is switched to the target serving cell.
- the handover execution flow here, refer to the corresponding handover execution flow in the prior art.
- the target serving cell may belong to multiple serving networks, and this If the handover of the target serving network fails, another serving network corresponding to the target serving cell can be selected as a new target serving network for handover to improve the success rate of handover of the terminal device to the target serving cell.
- the network handover method 300 in the second embodiment and the network handover method 400 in the third embodiment can be used.
- the method 500 in the following fourth embodiment can be used to select the target serving network and the target serving cell.
- the method 500 for selecting a target serving network and a target serving cell in the third embodiment will be further introduced below with reference to FIG. 5 .
- the terminal device obtains information #A, which indicates the service network set #A that the terminal device can access, and the priority corresponding to each service network in the service network set #A.
- the information #A is network selection policy information preconfigured by the terminal device (may also be referred to as UE network selection information).
- the network selection information of the UE may include, but is not limited to, the following: a list of independently deployed non-public networks controlled by the UE, and network priorities corresponding to each network therein; and/or independently deployed non-public networks controlled by the network A list of public networks, and a network priority corresponding to each network therein; and/or a list of network-controlled network groups, and a priority corresponding to each network group therein.
- the terminal device obtains information #B, the information #B is used to determine the serving cell set #F, the serving network corresponding to each serving cell in the serving cell set #F, and each serving cell in the serving cell set #F The signal level value corresponding to the cell, wherein the signal level value corresponding to each serving cell in the serving cell set #F satisfies the fourth preset condition.
- the serving network set #F includes a serving network corresponding to each serving cell in the serving cell set #F.
- the UE when it performs mobility measurement, it does not measure all cells, but only measures the radio signal quality of cells that meet certain conditions (such as the fourth preset condition).
- the RAN can screen these cells again according to actual needs. For example, when the RAN determines the target serving cell, the serving cell that meets the second preset condition can be screened again.
- the above-mentioned fourth preset condition and second preset condition may be pre-configured by the network side.
- the terminal device can acquire the information #B through mobility measurement.
- the terminal device determines information #C according to the information #A and the information #B, where the information #C is used to indicate the serving cell set #G accessible to the terminal device and the service corresponding to each serving cell in the serving cell set #G
- the network and the priority corresponding to each serving network, the signal quality corresponding to each serving cell in the serving cell set #G satisfies the fourth preset condition.
- the process for the terminal device to determine the information #C according to the information #A and the information #B may be:
- the terminal device determines the service network set #A that the terminal device can access according to the information #A;
- the terminal device determines the serving network set #F according to the information #B, and the signal quality of the serving cell corresponding to each serving network in the serving network set #F satisfies the fourth preset condition;
- the terminal device determines the service network set #G according to the above-mentioned service network set #A and the service network set #F, and the service network set #G includes the intersection of the service network set #A and the service network set #F;
- the terminal device determines the priority of each service network in the service network set #G according to the information #A;
- the terminal device determines the serving cell corresponding to each serving network in the serving network set #G according to the correspondence between the serving cell and the serving network in the information #B;
- the terminal device determines information #C, which is used to indicate the serving cell set #G accessible to the terminal device, the serving network corresponding to each serving cell in the serving cell set #G, and the serving network corresponding to each serving network. priority, the signal quality corresponding to each serving cell in the serving cell set #G satisfies the fourth preset condition.
- the signal quality of the serving cell corresponding to each serving network in the serving cell set #F satisfying the fourth preset condition includes: the signal quality of the serving cell corresponding to each serving network in the serving cell set #F The average value is greater than or equal to the preset threshold value #B.
- the preset threshold value #B corresponding to the above signal level value may be set by the network element #A.
- the terminal device sends the information #C to the network element #A.
- the network element #A determines the target serving network and the target serving cell according to the information #C.
- pre-set may be pre-saved in a device (for example, a network device) by a corresponding code, a table, or other methods that can be used to indicate relevant information
- a device for example, a network device
- a corresponding code for example, a table
- present application does not limit the specific implementation manner, such as the preset rules and preset constants in the embodiments of the present application.
- the method implemented by the communication device may also be implemented by a component (for example, a chip or a circuit) that can be configured inside the communication device.
- each network element includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing each function.
- each network element includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing each function.
- the present application can be implemented in hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
- the transmitting-end device or the receiving-end device may be divided into functional modules according to the foregoing method examples.
- each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module. middle.
- the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware, and can also be implemented in the form of software function modules. It should be noted that, the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division manners in actual implementation. The following description will be given by taking as an example that each function module is divided corresponding to each function.
- FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a network switching apparatus 600 .
- the communication apparatus includes a processing unit 610 and a transceiver unit 620, and the network switching apparatus 600 may be a device corresponding to network element #A, a device corresponding to network element #B, a device corresponding to network element #C, The device corresponding to network element #D, the device corresponding to the first network element, the device corresponding to the second network element, or the terminal device may also be used to implement the functions of the device or terminal device corresponding to the network element in the above method embodiments. chip.
- the communication apparatus 600 may correspond to equipment corresponding to each network element in the methods 200 to 500 according to the embodiments of the present application, and the communication apparatus 600 may include a device for executing the corresponding equipment of each network element in FIG. 2 to FIG. 5 .
- each unit in the communication device 600 and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions respectively implement the corresponding processes of the method 200 to the method 500 in FIG. 2 to FIG. 5 .
- the communication apparatus 600 may implement any function possessed by the network element #A in the embodiment shown in any one of FIG. 3 to FIG. 5 or the first network element in FIG. 2 .
- the processing unit 610 is configured for the first network element to determine a plurality of first service networks and a priority corresponding to each of the first service networks;
- the processing unit 610 is further configured for the first network element to determine a target service network from the plurality of first service networks according to the priority corresponding to each of the first service networks.
- the processing unit 610 is further configured for the first network element to determine a first service network set, where the first service network set includes accessible service networks of the terminal device, and the first service network set includes The serving network satisfies a first preset condition, and the first preset condition is used to determine whether the serving network satisfies the handover requirement of the terminal device;
- the processing unit 610 is further configured for the first network element to determine the first service network set according to the third information.
- the processing unit 610 is further configured for the first network element to determine a second serving network set, and the signal quality of the serving cell corresponding to the serving network in the second serving network set satisfies the second preset condition;
- the processing unit 610 is further configured for the first network element to determine the multiple first service networks according to the first service network set and the second service network set, where the multiple first service networks belong to the first service network set and the intersection of the second set of service networks.
- the processing unit 610 is further configured for the first network element to determine a third service network set according to the first information, where the third service network set includes accessible service networks of the terminal device, and the first information Including the pre-configured network selection policy information of the terminal device;
- the processing unit 610 is further configured for the first network element to determine a fourth service network set according to the second information, where the service networks in the fourth service network set meet a first preset condition, and the first preset condition is used to determine the service Whether the network meets the handover requirement of the terminal device, and the second information includes the network configuration information of the first network element;
- the processing unit 610 is further configured for the first network element to determine the first service network set according to the third service network set and the fourth service network set, where the first service network set belongs to the third service network set and the fourth service network set The intersection of the fourth service network set.
- the processing unit 610 is further configured for the first network element to determine the priority corresponding to each of the first service networks according to the first information.
- the processing unit 610 is further configured for the first network element to receive fourth information, where the fourth information is used to indicate a fifth service network set, the fifth service network set includes accessible service networks of the terminal device, and the signal quality of the serving cells corresponding to the service networks in the fifth service network set satisfies the second preset condition; and
- the processing unit 610 is further configured for the first network element to determine the fifth service network set according to the fourth information;
- the processing unit 610 is further configured for the first network element to determine a sixth service network set according to the second information, where the service networks in the sixth service network set satisfy a first preset condition, and the first preset condition is used to determine the service Whether the network meets the handover requirement of the terminal device, and the second information includes the network configuration information of the first network element;
- the processing unit 610 is further configured for the first network element to determine the plurality of first service networks according to the fifth service network set and the sixth service network set, where the plurality of first service networks belong to the fifth service network set and the intersection of the sixth service network set.
- the fourth information when the fourth information is further used to indicate the priority corresponding to each service network among multiple service networks accessible to the terminal device, the multiple service networks include the multiple first service networks, the The processing unit 610 is further configured for the first network element to determine the priority corresponding to each of the first service networks according to the fourth information.
- the first request information is further used to indicate a third service network set, where the third service network set includes accessible service networks of the terminal device.
- the transceiver unit 620 is used for the first network element to send first request information to the second network element, where the first request information is used to request handover of the terminal device to a target serving cell, and the target serving cell belongs to the target serving network.
- the transceiver unit 620 is further configured for the first network element to receive third information, where the third information is used to indicate the first service network set.
- the transceiver unit 620 is further configured for the first network element to receive first response information for the first request information, where the first response information is used to indicate whether the terminal device is successfully handed over to the target serving cell,
- the first response information includes the third information.
- the transceiver unit 620 is further configured for the first network element to obtain first information from a third network element, where the first information is used to indicate each service in a plurality of service networks accessible to the terminal device
- the priority corresponding to the network, the multiple service networks include the multiple first service networks.
- the transceiver unit 620 is further configured for the first network element to receive measurement report information of the terminal device, and the measurement report The fourth information is included in the information.
- the communication apparatus 600 may implement the network element #B, network element #C or network element #D in the embodiment shown in any one of FIG. 3 to FIG. Any function possessed by the second network element.
- the processing unit 610 is configured for the fourth network element to determine a first service network set, where the first service network set includes accessible service networks of the terminal device, and the service networks in the first service network set satisfy the first preset A condition is set, and the first preset condition is used to determine whether the serving network satisfies the handover requirement of the terminal device.
- the transceiver unit is further configured for the fourth network element to receive fifth information, where the fifth information is used to indicate the terminal device accessible service network;
- processing unit 610 is further configured for the fourth network element to determine the first service network set according to the fifth information and the first preset condition.
- the transceiver unit 620 is used for the fourth network element to send third information, where the third information is used to indicate the first service network set.
- the transceiver unit 620 before the processing unit 610 is used by the fourth network element to determine the first service network set, the transceiver unit 620 is further used for the fourth network element to receive first request information, the first request The information is used to request that the terminal device be handed over to the target serving cell, and the first request information includes fifth information, where the fifth information is used to indicate an accessible serving network of the terminal device.
- the second network element includes a mobility management function network element corresponding to the current service network of the terminal device, or the second network element includes a wireless access network network element corresponding to the target service network; the third network element including the mobility management function network element corresponding to the current service network of the terminal device, or the third network element including the wireless access network network element corresponding to the historical service network of the terminal device; the fourth network element including the current service network of the terminal device A mobility management function network element corresponding to the network, or the fourth network element includes a mobility management function network element corresponding to the target service network, or the fourth network element includes a wireless access network element corresponding to the target service network.
- the first preset condition includes that the serving network is reachable in the current time period and/or the network quality of the serving network satisfies the third preset condition.
- FIG. 7 is a structural block diagram of a communication device 700 provided according to an embodiment of the present application.
- the communication device 700 shown in FIG. 7 includes: a processor 710 , a memory 720 and a communication interface 730 .
- the processor 710 is coupled to the memory for executing instructions stored in the memory to control the communication interface 730 to send and/or receive signals.
- processor 710 and the memory 720 may be combined into a processing device, and the processor 710 is configured to execute the program codes stored in the memory 720 to realize the above-mentioned functions.
- the memory 720 may also be integrated in the processor 710 or independent of the processor 710 .
- the communication device 700 may be the data analysis device or the network capability opening device in the above method embodiments, or may be the data analysis device or the network capability opening device used in the above method embodiments The functional chip of the device.
- the communication device 700 may correspond to the device corresponding to network element #A, the device corresponding to network element #B, the device corresponding to network element #C, and the device corresponding to network element #C in the methods 200 to 500 according to the embodiments of the present application
- the device corresponding to D, the device corresponding to the first network element, the device corresponding to the second network element, or the terminal device, the communication device 700 may include a communication device 700 for executing the method performed by the device corresponding to each network element in FIG. 2 to FIG. 5 . unit.
- each unit in the communication device 700 and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are respectively to implement the corresponding processes of the method 200 to the method 500 .
- the chip When the communication device 700 is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
- the transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface;
- the processing unit may be a processor, a microprocessor or an integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
- the embodiment of the present application also provides a processing apparatus, including a processor and an interface.
- the processor may be used to execute the methods in the above method embodiments.
- the above processing device may be a chip.
- the processing device may be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a system on chip (SoC), or a It is a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP), a digital signal processing circuit (DSP), or a microcontroller (microcontroller unit). , MCU), it can also be a programmable logic device (PLD) or other integrated chips.
- FPGA field programmable gate array
- ASIC application specific integrated circuit
- SoC system on chip
- MCU microcontroller unit
- MCU programmable logic device
- PLD programmable logic device
- each step of the above-mentioned method can be completed by a hardware integrated logic circuit in a processor or an instruction in the form of software.
- the steps of the methods disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as executed by a hardware processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
- the software modules may be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other storage media mature in the art.
- the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, detailed description is omitted here.
- the processor in this embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip, which has a signal processing capability.
- each step of the above method embodiments may be completed by a hardware integrated logic circuit in a processor or an instruction in the form of software.
- the aforementioned processors may be general purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components .
- DSPs digital signal processors
- ASICs application specific integrated circuits
- FPGAs field programmable gate arrays
- the methods, steps, and logic block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of this application can be implemented or executed.
- a general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like.
- the steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as executed by a hardware decoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
- the software modules may be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other storage media mature in the art.
- the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
- the memory in this embodiment of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
- the non-volatile memory may be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), electrically programmable Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
- Volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which acts as an external cache.
- RAM random access memory
- DRAM dynamic random access memory
- SDRAM synchronous DRAM
- SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
- ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
- SLDRAM synchronous link dynamic random access memory
- direct ram-bus RAM direct ram-bus RAM
- the present application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes: computer program code, when the computer program code is run on a computer, the computer is made to execute any one of the Methods of Examples.
- the present application further provides a computer-readable medium, where program codes are stored in the computer-readable medium, and when the program codes are run on a computer, the computer is made to execute any one of the methods proposed in the present application.
- the present application further provides a system, which includes the foregoing apparatus or equipment.
- the above-mentioned embodiments it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
- software it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
- the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated.
- the computer may be a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, computer network, or other programmable device.
- the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be downloaded from a website site, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wire (eg, coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line, DSL) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
- the computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, or the like that includes an integration of one or more available media.
- the available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, high-density digital video discs (DVDs)), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state discs, SSD)) etc.
- the network-side equipment in each of the above apparatus embodiments corresponds to the terminal equipment and the network-side equipment or terminal equipment in the method embodiments, and corresponding steps are performed by corresponding modules or units, for example, the communication unit (communication interface) performs the receiving in the method embodiments. Or the step of sending, other steps except sending and receiving may be performed by the processing unit 610 (processor). For functions of specific units, reference may be made to corresponding method embodiments.
- the number of processors may be one or more.
- a component may be, but is not limited to, a process running on a processor, a processor, an object, an executable, a thread of execution, a program, and/or a computer.
- an application running on a computing device and the computing device may be components.
- One or more components may reside within a process and/or thread of execution, and a component may be localized on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers.
- these components can execute from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon.
- a component may, for example, be based on a signal having one or more data packets (eg, data from two components interacting with another component between a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet interacting with other systems via signals) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
- data packets eg, data from two components interacting with another component between a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet interacting with other systems via signals
- the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners.
- the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative.
- the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
- multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
- the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
- the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
- each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit 610, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
- the functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
- the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence, or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution.
- the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
- the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Provided in the present application are a network handover method and apparatus. The network switching method comprises: a first network element determining a plurality of first serving networks, and a priority corresponding to each of the first serving networks; the first network element determining, according to the priority corresponding to each of the first serving networks, a target serving network from among the plurality of first serving networks; and the first network element sending first request information to a second network element, wherein the first request information is used for requesting the handover of a terminal device to a target serving cell, and the target serving cell belongs to the target serving network. By means of the network handover method and apparatus provided in the present application, the network performance of a target serving network and the network performance of a target serving cell to which a terminal is handed over can be improved, thereby guaranteeing the network quality of the terminal during moving.
Description
本申请要求于2021年4月9日提交中国专利局、申请号为202110381955.6、申请名称为“一种网络切换方法和装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202110381955.6 and the application title "A method and device for network switching" filed with the China Patent Office on April 9, 2021, the entire contents of which are incorporated into this application by reference .
本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及一种网络切换方法和装置。The present application relates to the field of communications, and more particularly, to a network switching method and apparatus.
连接管理(connection management,CM)由UE和AMF间的NAS信令连接的建立和释放两部分组成。NAS信令连接用于UE和核心网之间进行NAS信令交互,NAS信令连接包含UE和RAN之间的信令连接以及RAN和AMF之间的N2连接两部分。5GS中UE和AMF之间的信令连接有两种状态:CM-IDLE状态和CM-CONNECTED状态。Connection management (connection management, CM) consists of two parts, the establishment and release of the NAS signaling connection between the UE and the AMF. The NAS signaling connection is used for NAS signaling interaction between the UE and the core network. The NAS signaling connection includes the signaling connection between the UE and the RAN and the N2 connection between the RAN and the AMF. The signaling connection between UE and AMF in 5GS has two states: CM-IDLE state and CM-CONNECTED state.
UE入网前处于CM-IDLE状态,UE根据RAN广播的网络和小区信息选择一个可用的服务网络和一个可用的小区进行入网后,UE由CM-IDLE状态转换为CM-CONNECTED状态。The UE is in the CM-IDLE state before joining the network. After the UE selects an available serving network and an available cell to join the network according to the network and cell information broadcast by the RAN, the UE transitions from the CM-IDLE state to the CM-CONNECTED state.
入网后处于CM-CONNECTED状态的UE在属于不同服务网络的服务小区之间移动并发生切换时,源RAN会根据UE对于多个小区的无线信号质量的测量上报信息选择出目标服务网络进行切换,源RAN根据上述UE的测量上报信息选择出的目标服务网络无法保证UE的网络性能。When the UE in the CM-CONNECTED state after joining the network moves between serving cells belonging to different service networks and a handover occurs, the source RAN will select the target service network for handover according to the UE's measurement and reporting information of the wireless signal quality of multiple cells. The target serving network selected by the source RAN according to the measurement report information of the UE cannot guarantee the network performance of the UE.
因此,亟待提出一种提高UE切换的目标服务网络的网络性能的方法。Therefore, there is an urgent need to propose a method for improving the network performance of the target serving network that the UE is handed over.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请提供一种网络切换方法和装置,能够提高终端设备切换到的目标服务网络和目标服务小区的网络性能,保障UE在移动时的网络质量。The present application provides a network handover method and apparatus, which can improve the network performance of a target serving network and a target serving cell to which a terminal device is handed over, and ensure the network quality of the UE when moving.
第一方面,提供了一种网络切换的方法,包括:第一网元确定多个第一服务网络、以及每个该第一服务网络对应的优先级;该第一网元根据每个该第一服务网络对应的优先级从该多个第一服务网络中确定目标服务网络;该第一网元向第二网元发送第一请求信息,该第一请求信息用于请求将终端设备切换至目标服务小区,该目标服务小区属于该目标服务网络。In a first aspect, a method for network switching is provided, including: a first network element determining a plurality of first service networks and a priority corresponding to each of the first service networks; the first network element according to each of the first service networks The priority corresponding to a service network determines the target service network from the plurality of first service networks; the first network element sends first request information to the second network element, and the first request information is used to request to switch the terminal device to A target serving cell, the target serving cell belongs to the target serving network.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一网元根据每个第一服务网络对应的优先级将优先级最高的第一服务网络确定为目标服务网络,将该目标服务网络对应的小区确定为目标服务小区。In a possible implementation manner, the first network element determines the first service network with the highest priority as the target service network according to the priority corresponding to each first service network, and determines the cell corresponding to the target service network as the target service area.
可选地,若存在不止一个优先级最高的第一服务网络,换句话说,若最高优先级对应不止一个第一服务网络,可任选其中一个作为目标服务网络,将该目标服务网络对应的小区确定为目标服务小区。Optionally, if there is more than one first service network with the highest priority, in other words, if the highest priority corresponds to more than one first service network, one of them can be selected as the target service network, and the target service network corresponding to the The cell is determined as the target serving cell.
可选地,若该目标服务网络对应不止一个服务小区,可将其中信号质量最高的服务小 区确定为目标服务小区。Optionally, if the target serving network corresponds to more than one serving cell, the serving cell with the highest signal quality may be determined as the target serving cell.
需要说明的是,上述多个第一服务网络至少满足三个条件:上述多个第一服务网络为UE可接入的服务网络(可称为第一条件),上述多个第一服务网络满足UE的切换要求(即第一预设条件),上述多个第一服务网络对应的服务小区的信号质量满足切换门限配置所要求的信号电平质量(即第二预设条件)。It should be noted that the above-mentioned multiple first service networks satisfy at least three conditions: the above-mentioned multiple first service networks are service networks that the UE can access (may be referred to as the first condition), and the above-mentioned multiple first service networks satisfy The handover requirement of the UE (ie the first preset condition), the signal quality of the serving cells corresponding to the multiple first serving networks meets the signal level quality required by the handover threshold configuration (ie the second preset condition).
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一网元确定多个第一服务网络、以及每个该第一服务网络对应的优先级的方式可以是,第一网元根据UE的选网信息(即第一信息)、第一网元的网络配置信息(即第二信息)和UE的测量上报信息确定多个第一服务网络以及每个第一服务网络对应的优先级,其中,该UE的选网信息用于确定UE可接入的服务网络以及每个可接入的服务网络的优先级信息,该第一网元的网络配置信息用于确定满足UE的切换要求的服务网络,该UE的测量上报信息用于确定信号质量满足切换门限配置所要求的信号电平质量的服务小区以及该服务小区对应的服务网络。In a possible implementation manner, the manner in which the first network element determines the multiple first service networks and the priority corresponding to each of the first service networks may be that the first network element determines the network selection information of the UE (that is, The first information), the network configuration information of the first network element (that is, the second information), and the measurement reporting information of the UE determine multiple first serving networks and the priority corresponding to each first serving network, wherein the selection of the UE is The network information is used to determine the service networks that the UE can access and the priority information of each accessible service network. The network configuration information of the first network element is used to determine the service network that meets the handover requirements of the UE. The measurement report information is used to determine the serving cell whose signal quality meets the signal level quality required by the handover threshold configuration and the serving network corresponding to the serving cell.
可选地,第一网元获取上述UE的选网信息(即第一信息)的方式可以是,第一网元向UE的当前服务网络对应的移动性管理功能网元或者UE的历史服务网络对应的无线接入网网元获取上述UE的选网信息。Optionally, the manner in which the first network element obtains the network selection information of the UE (that is, the first information) may be that the first network element requests the mobility management function network element corresponding to the current serving network of the UE or the historical serving network of the UE. The corresponding radio access network element acquires the network selection information of the UE.
根据本申请实施例的网络切换方法,终端设备当前的服务网络侧(可称为源服务网络)可以根据UE预配置的网络选择策略信息(也可称为UE的选网信息)确定终端设备需要切换到的目标服务网络和目标服务小区,在一种可能的实现方式中,源服务网络可以根据UE的测量上报信息、网络侧配置信息和UE预配置的网络选择策略信息确定多个第一服务网络、以及每个该第一服务网络对应的优先级,并且能根据优先级信息去从该多个第一服务网络中确定目标服务网络以及该目标服务网络对应的目标服务小区,相较于任选或者任意确定的目标服务网络,本申请中的网络切换方法能够保证选择出对于该终端设备而言更合适的网络性能更好的目标服务网络和对应的目标服务小区,保障UE需要进行服务网络和服务小区切换时的网络性能,同时也保障了终端设备业务的持续进行。According to the network switching method of the embodiment of the present application, the current serving network side of the terminal device (may be referred to as the source serving network) can determine the needs of the terminal device according to the network selection policy information pre-configured by the UE (may also be referred to as the network selection information of the UE). The target serving network and target serving cell to be switched to, in a possible implementation manner, the source serving network may determine multiple first services according to UE measurement report information, network side configuration information and UE preconfigured network selection policy information network, and the priority corresponding to each of the first service networks, and can determine the target service network and the target service cell corresponding to the target service network from the plurality of first service networks according to the priority information. Select or arbitrarily determine the target service network, the network switching method in this application can ensure that a more suitable target service network and a corresponding target service cell with better network performance are selected for the terminal device, ensuring that the UE needs to perform the service network. The network performance during handover with the serving cell also guarantees the continuous operation of terminal equipment services.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一网元确定多个第一服务网络包括:该第一网元确定第一服务网络集,该第一服务网络集包括该终端设备的可接入的服务网络,且该第一服务网络集中的服务网络满足第一预设条件,该第一预设条件用于判定服务网络是否满足该终端设备的切换要求;该第一网元确定第二服务网络集,该第二服务网络集中的服务网络对应的服务小区的信号质量满足第二预设条件;该第一网元根据该第一服务网络集和该第二服务网络集确定该多个第一服务网络,该多个第一服务网络属于该第一服务网络集和该第二服务网络集的交集。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first network element determining a plurality of first service networks includes: the first network element determining a first service network set, the first service network set including the An accessible service network of the terminal device, and the service network in the first service network set satisfies a first preset condition, and the first preset condition is used to determine whether the service network meets the handover requirement of the terminal device; the first preset condition The network element determines a second serving network set, and the signal quality of the serving cell corresponding to the serving network in the second serving network set satisfies the second preset condition; the first network element determines the first serving network set according to the first serving network set and the second serving network The set determines the plurality of first service networks belonging to the intersection of the first service network set and the second service network set.
根据本申请实施例的网络切换方法,该第一网元确定出满足至少两个条件的第一服务网络集,该至少两个条件包括上述第一条件和第二预设条件,该第一网元确定出满足至少一个条件的第二服务网络集,该至少一个条件包括上述第一预设条件,该第一网元根据该第一服务网络集和该第二服务网络集的交集确定上述多个第一服务网络以及该多个第一服务网络的优先级信息,以便于终端设备的源服务网络侧能够根据该优先级信息在该多个第一服务网络中选择出目标服务网络,提高了选择出的目标服务网络的网络性能。According to the network switching method of the embodiment of the present application, the first network element determines a first service network set that satisfies at least two conditions, the at least two conditions include the above-mentioned first condition and the second preset condition, the first network element The first network element determines a second service network set that satisfies at least one condition, the at least one condition includes the above-mentioned first preset condition, and the first network element determines the above-mentioned multiple network elements according to the intersection of the first service network set and the second service network set. the priority information of the multiple first service networks and the multiple first service networks, so that the source service network side of the terminal device can select the target service network from the multiple first service networks according to the priority information, which improves the The network performance of the selected target service network.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一网元确定第一服务网络集包括:该第一网元根据第一信息确定第三服务网络集,该第三服务网络集包括该终端设备的可接 入的服务网络,该第一信息包括该终端设备预配置的网络选择策略信息;该第一网元根据第二信息确定第四服务网络集,该第四服务网络集中的服务网络满足第一预设条件,该第一预设条件用于判定服务网络是否满足该终端设备的切换要求,该第二信息包括该第一网元的网络配置信息;该第一网元根据该第三服务网络集和该第四服务网络集确定该第一服务网络集,该第一服务网络集属于该第三服务网络集和该第四服务网络集的交集。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the determining, by the first network element, the first service network set includes: the first network element determining a third service network set according to the first information, the third service network set The set includes accessible service networks of the terminal device, the first information includes network selection policy information preconfigured by the terminal device; the first network element determines a fourth service network set according to the second information, and the fourth service network The centralized service network satisfies a first preset condition, and the first preset condition is used to determine whether the service network satisfies the handover requirement of the terminal device, and the second information includes network configuration information of the first network element; the first network element The element determines the first service network set according to the third service network set and the fourth service network set, and the first service network set belongs to the intersection of the third service network set and the fourth service network set.
根据本申请实施例的网络切换方法,该第一网元确定第一服务网络集的方式可以是,该第一网元根据该终端设备预配置的网络选择策略信息确定出该终端设备可接入(即满足第一条件)的第三服务网络集,且该终端设备预配置的网络选择策略信息可用于指示该终端设备可接入的服务网络的优先级信息;该第一网元根据该第一网元的网络配置信息确定满足该终端设备的切换要求(即满足第一预设条件)的第四服务网络集,该第一网元根据该第三服务网络集和该第四服务网络集的交集确定上述第一服务网络集以及该第一服务网络集的优先级信息,以便于终端设备的源服务网络侧能够根据该第一服务网络集以及该第一服务网络集的优先级信息确定出目标服务网络,提高了选择出的目标服务网络的网络性能。According to the network switching method of this embodiment of the present application, the first network element may determine the first service network set in a manner that the first network element determines that the terminal device is accessible according to network selection policy information preconfigured by the terminal device. (that is, satisfying the first condition) third service network set, and the network selection policy information preconfigured by the terminal device can be used to indicate the priority information of the service network that the terminal device can access; the first network element The network configuration information of a network element determines a fourth service network set that satisfies the handover requirement of the terminal device (that is, meets the first preset condition), and the first network element determines according to the third service network set and the fourth service network set The intersection of the first service network set and the priority information of the first service network set is determined, so that the source service network side of the terminal device can determine the priority information of the first service network set and the first service network set according to the first service network set and the priority information of the first service network set. The target service network is selected, and the network performance of the selected target service network is improved.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:该第一网元接收第三信息,该第三信息用于指示该第一服务网络集以及该第一服务网络集中每个服务网络对应的优先级;以及该第一网元确定第一服务网络集包括:该第一网元根据该第三信息确定该第一服务网络集。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: the first network element receiving third information, where the third information is used to indicate the first service network set and the first service network Collecting priorities corresponding to each service network; and determining, by the first network element, the first service network set includes: the first network element determining the first service network set according to the third information.
根据本申请实施例的网络切换方法,第一网元还可以接收第二网元发送的第三信息,该第三信息用于指示至少满足两个条件的服务网络(即第一服务网络集)以及该服务网络对应的优先级,该至少两个条件包括:该服务网络为UE可接入的服务网络,且该服务网络满足UE的切换要求(即第一预设条件)。According to the network switching method in this embodiment of the present application, the first network element may also receive third information sent by the second network element, where the third information is used to indicate a service network (ie, a first service network set) that satisfies at least two conditions. and the priority corresponding to the serving network, the at least two conditions include: the serving network is a serving network accessible to the UE, and the serving network satisfies the handover requirement of the UE (ie, the first preset condition).
需要说明的是,该第三信息可以为该终端设备历史切换服务网络和服务小区的过程中,每次切换过程中相应的源服务网络侧或目标服务网络侧根据自身的网络配置信息和获取到的第一信息确定的。It should be noted that the third information may be the process of the terminal equipment in the historical switching between the serving network and the serving cell, the corresponding source serving network side or the target serving network side in each handover process according to its own network configuration information and obtained. The first information is determined.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,第一网元确定多个第一服务网络、以及每个该第一服务网络对应的优先级的方式可以是,第一网元根据上述第三信息和UE的测量上报信息确定多个第一服务网络以及每个第一服务网络对应的优先级,其中,该第三信息用于确定UE可接入的且满足UE的切换要求的服务网络,以及每个该服务网络的优先级信息,该UE的测量上报信息用于确定信号质量满足切换门限配置所要求的信号电平质量的服务小区以及该服务小区对应的服务网络。第一网元根据上述第三信息和UE的测量上报信息确定目标服务网络和目标服务小区,可以提高该终端设备切换服务网络和服务小区的成功率和切换效率,避免切换失败造成的资源浪费。In another possible implementation manner, the manner in which the first network element determines the plurality of first service networks and the priority corresponding to each of the first service networks may be that the first network element determines the first network element according to the third information and the UE The measurement and reporting information of the UE determines multiple first serving networks and the priority corresponding to each first serving network, wherein the third information is used to determine the serving network accessible to the UE and meeting the handover requirement of the UE, and each The priority information of the serving network and the measurement report information of the UE are used to determine the serving cell whose signal quality meets the signal level quality required by the handover threshold configuration and the serving network corresponding to the serving cell. The first network element determines the target serving network and the target serving cell according to the third information and the measurement report information of the UE, which can improve the success rate and handover efficiency of the terminal device switching the serving network and the serving cell, and avoid resource waste caused by handover failure.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:该第一网元接收针对该第一请求信息的第一响应信息,该第一响应信息用于指示该终端设备是否成功切换至该目标服务小区,该第一响应信息中包括该第三信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: the first network element receiving first response information for the first request information, where the first response information is used to indicate the terminal device Whether the handover to the target serving cell is successful, the first response information includes the third information.
根据本申请实施例的网络切换方法,该第三信息可以携带于针对上一次切换请求的第二网元发送的响应信息中,可以节省信令,节约通信资源。According to the network handover method of the embodiment of the present application, the third information can be carried in the response information sent by the second network element for the last handover request, which can save signaling and communication resources.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:该第一网元从第三网 元获取第一信息,该第一信息用于指示该终端设备的可接入的多个服务网络中每个服务网络对应的优先级,该多个服务网络包括该多个第一服务网络;以及该第一网元确定每个该第一服务网络对应的优先级包括:该第一网元根据该第一信息确定每个该第一服务网络对应的优先级。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: the first network element acquiring first information from a third network element, where the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device is accessible The priority corresponding to each service network in the plurality of service networks, the plurality of service networks includes the plurality of first service networks; and the first network element determines the priority corresponding to each of the first service networks includes: the The first network element determines the priority corresponding to each of the first service networks according to the first information.
需要说明的是,该第三网元包括终端设备的当前服务网络对应的移动性管理功能网元,或者该第三网元包括该终端设备的历史服务网络对应的无线接入网网元。It should be noted that the third network element includes a mobility management function network element corresponding to the current service network of the terminal device, or the third network element includes a wireless access network element corresponding to the historical service network of the terminal device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一网元从终端设备的当前服务网络(即源服务网络)对应的移动性管理功能网元获取该第一信息,进一步地,该第一网元从终端设备的当前服务网络对应的移动性管理功能网元获取该第一信息的方式可以是,第一网元通过UE上下文初始建立流程获取UE的选网信息,即源服务网络核心网的移动管理网元向第一网元发送UE的选网信息,该UE的选网信息携带在源服务网络核心网的移动管理网元向第一网元发送的初始上下文建立请求中;或者第一网元通过UE上下文修改流程获取UE的选网信息,即源服务网络核心网的移动管理网元向第一网元发送UE的选网信息,该UE的选网信息携带在源服务网络核心网的移动管理网元向第一网元发送的UE上下文修改请求中。In a possible implementation manner, the first network element obtains the first information from a mobility management function network element corresponding to the current serving network (ie, the source serving network) of the terminal device, and further, the first network element obtains the first information from The manner in which the mobility management function network element corresponding to the current serving network of the terminal device obtains the first information may be that the first network element obtains the network selection information of the UE through the initial UE context establishment process, that is, the mobility management of the core network of the source serving network. The network element sends the network selection information of the UE to the first network element, and the network selection information of the UE is carried in the initial context establishment request sent by the mobility management network element of the core network of the source serving network to the first network element; or the first network element The UE's network selection information is obtained through the UE context modification process, that is, the mobility management network element of the source service network core network sends the UE's network selection information to the first network element, and the UE's network selection information is carried in the mobile network of the source service network core network. In the UE context modification request sent by the management network element to the first network element.
作为示例而非限定,当第三网元为源服务网络对应的移动性管理功能网元时,第三网元获取该第一信息的方式可以是,第三网元可以依据UE的标准注册流程从UDM中获取该第一信息。具体的,第三网元依据UE的标准注册流程从UDM中获取该第一信息的方式可以是:第三网元向UDM注册,并订阅当该第三网元在UDM去注册时通知第三网元的通知;第三网元向UDM发送用户签约信息获取请求/响应以获取UE的签约信息;该签约信息包含了该第一信息;可选地,第三网元获取第一信息后,可储存该第一信息,比如将该第一信息作为UE签约信息的一部分,储存在UE上下文中。As an example and not a limitation, when the third network element is a mobility management function network element corresponding to the source serving network, the third network element may obtain the first information in a manner that the third network element may follow the standard registration process of the UE. The first information is obtained from the UDM. Specifically, the manner in which the third network element obtains the first information from the UDM according to the standard registration process of the UE may be: the third network element registers with the UDM, and subscribes to notify the third network element when the third network element deregisters in the UDM. A notification from the network element; the third network element sends a user subscription information acquisition request/response to the UDM to acquire the subscription information of the UE; the subscription information includes the first information; optionally, after the third network element acquires the first information, The first information may be stored, for example, the first information may be stored in the UE context as part of the UE subscription information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一网元从该终端设备的历史服务网络对应的无线接入网网元获取该第一信息,可以理解为,在该终端设备的切换服务网络和服务小区的历史切换过程中,历史服务网络对应的无线接入网网元在对应的切换过程中获取到了该第一信息,且历史服务网络对应的无线接入网网元能够与第一网元进行通信,因此该第一网元可以从该终端设备的历史服务网络对应的无线接入网网元获取到该第一信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first network element obtains the first information from the wireless access network network element corresponding to the historical service network of the terminal device, which can be understood as switching between the service network and the service network of the terminal device. During the historical handover process of the cell, the radio access network element corresponding to the historical service network obtains the first information in the corresponding handover process, and the radio access network element corresponding to the historical service network can perform the communication with the first network element. Therefore, the first network element can obtain the first information from the wireless access network network element corresponding to the historical service network of the terminal device.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,在该第一网元确定多个第一服务网络之前,该方法还包括:该第一网元接收第四信息,该第四信息用于指示第五服务网络集,该第五服务网络集包括该终端设备的可接入的服务网络,且该第五服务网络集中的服务网络对应的服务小区的信号质量满足第二预设条件;以及该第一网元确定多个第一服务网络包括:该第一网元根据该第四信息确定该第五服务网络集;该第一网元根据第二信息确定第六服务网络集,该第六服务网络集中的服务网络满足第一预设条件,该第一预设条件用于判定服务网络是否满足该终端设备的切换要求,该第二信息包括该第一网元的网络配置信息;该第一网元根据该第五服务网络集和该第六服务网络集确定该多个第一服务网络,该多个第一服务网络属于该第五服务网络集和该第六服务网络集的交集。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, before the first network element determines a plurality of first service networks, the method further includes: the first network element receives fourth information, the fourth information Used to indicate a fifth service network set, where the fifth service network set includes accessible service networks of the terminal device, and the signal quality of the serving cell corresponding to the service network in the fifth service network set satisfies the second preset condition ; and the first network element determining a plurality of first service networks includes: the first network element determining the fifth service network set according to the fourth information; the first network element determining the sixth service network set according to the second information, The service network in the sixth service network set satisfies a first preset condition, where the first preset condition is used to determine whether the service network satisfies the handover requirement of the terminal device, and the second information includes network configuration information of the first network element ; the first network element determines the plurality of first service networks according to the fifth service network set and the sixth service network set, and the plurality of first service networks belong to the fifth service network set and the sixth service network set intersection.
根据本申请实施例的网络切换方法,第一网元还可以接收UE发送的第四信息,该第四信息用于指示至少满足两个条件的服务网络(即第五服务网络集)以及该服务网络对应的优先级:该服务网络为UE可接入的服务网络,且该服务网络对应的服务小区满足切换 门限配置所要求的信号电平质量(即第二预设条件)。According to the network switching method in this embodiment of the present application, the first network element may also receive fourth information sent by the UE, where the fourth information is used to indicate a serving network that satisfies at least two conditions (that is, a fifth serving network set) and the service network Priority corresponding to the network: the serving network is a serving network accessible to the UE, and the serving cell corresponding to the serving network satisfies the signal level quality required by the handover threshold configuration (ie, the second preset condition).
可选地,该第一网元可以在无法获取第一信息,或者说无法通过该第一信息确定目标服务网络和目标服务小区的情况下接收该第四信息,根据第四信息去确定目标服务网络和目标服务小区。Optionally, the first network element may receive the fourth information when the first information cannot be obtained, or in other words, the target serving network and the target serving cell cannot be determined through the first information, and determine the target service according to the fourth information. network and target serving cell.
可选地,该第四信息可以携带于UE的测量上报信息中。Optionally, the fourth information may be carried in measurement reporting information of the UE.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,第一网元确定多个第一服务网络、以及每个该第一服务网络对应的优先级的方式可以是,第一网元根据上述第四信息和第一网元的网络配置信息确定多个第一服务网络以及每个第一服务网络对应的优先级,其中,该第四信息用于确定UE可接入的且对应的服务小区满足切换门限配置所要求的信号电平质量的服务网络,以及每个该服务网络的优先级信息,该第一网元的网络配置信息用于确定满足UE的切换要求的服务网络。In another possible implementation manner, the manner in which the first network element determines the plurality of first service networks and the priority corresponding to each of the first service networks may be that the first network element determines according to the fourth information and the first The network configuration information of a network element determines a plurality of first serving networks and the priority corresponding to each first serving network, wherein the fourth information is used to determine that the UE can access and the corresponding serving cell satisfies the requirements of the handover threshold configuration. Serving networks with required signal level quality, and priority information of each serving network, and the network configuration information of the first network element is used to determine the serving network that meets the handover requirement of the UE.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,在该第一网元确定多个第一服务网络之前,该方法还包括:该第一网元接收该终端设备的测量上报信息,该测量上报信息中包括该第四信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, before the first network element determines a plurality of first service networks, the method further includes: the first network element receives measurement report information of the terminal device, The fourth information is included in the measurement report information.
根据本申请实施例的网络切换方法,该第四信息可以携带于该终端设备的测量上报信息中,可以节省信令,节约通信资源。According to the network switching method of the embodiment of the present application, the fourth information can be carried in the measurement reporting information of the terminal device, which can save signaling and communication resources.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第四信息还用于指示该终端设备的可接入的多个服务网络中每个服务网络对应的优先级,该多个服务网络包括该多个第一服务网络,以及该第一网元确定每个该第一服务网络对应的优先级包括:该第一网元根据该第四信息确定每个该第一服务网络对应的优先级。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the fourth information is further used to indicate the priority corresponding to each service network in the multiple service networks accessible to the terminal device, the multiple service networks The network includes the plurality of first service networks, and determining, by the first network element, a priority corresponding to each of the first service networks includes: the first network element determining, according to the fourth information, a priority corresponding to each of the first service networks priority.
需要说明的是,上述第一预设条件包括服务网络当前时间段可达和/或服务网络的网络质量满足第三预设条件。It should be noted that the above-mentioned first preset condition includes that the serving network is reachable in the current time period and/or the network quality of the serving network satisfies the third preset condition.
可选地,上述第三预设条件可以指预设的参考信号接收功率(reference signal received power,RSRP),或者称为预设的接收参考信号电平值(例如可以为-100dbm),若服务网络的网络质量满足第三预设条件,可认为该服务网络对应的服务小区测量到的接收参考信号电平值大于或者等于预设的接收参考信号电平值。Optionally, the above-mentioned third preset condition may refer to a preset reference signal received power (reference signal received power, RSRP), or a preset received reference signal level value (for example, it may be -100dbm), if the service If the network quality of the network satisfies the third preset condition, it may be considered that the received reference signal level value measured by the serving cell corresponding to the serving network is greater than or equal to the preset received reference signal level value.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一请求信息还用于指示第三服务网络集,该第三服务网络集包括该终端设备的可接入的服务网络。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first request information is further used to indicate a third service network set, where the third service network set includes accessible service networks of the terminal device.
根据本申请实施例的网络切换方法,第一网元向第二网元发送的该第一请求信息还可以用于指示该终端设备的可接入的服务网络,作为示例而非限定,该第一请求信息可以包括上述第一信息,第二网元获取到该第一信息后能够根据自身的网络配置信息判断该终端设备的可接入的服务网络中在当前时间段满足该终端设备切换要求(例如服务网络当前时间段可达和/或服务网络的网络质量满足第三预设条件)的服务网络(即第一服务网络集),或者说,判断该终端设备的可接入的服务网络中在当前时间段能够切换入的服务网络,并向第一网元发送该第一服务网络集,下一次该终端设备需要进行服务网络和服务小区切换时,可从该第三候选服务网络中确定目标服务网络,以提高该终端设备切换服务网络和服务小区的效率和成功率。According to the network switching method of this embodiment of the present application, the first request information sent by the first network element to the second network element may also be used to indicate an accessible service network of the terminal device. By way of example and not limitation, the first request information The request information may include the above-mentioned first information. After obtaining the first information, the second network element can determine, according to its own network configuration information, that the terminal device's accessible service network satisfies the terminal device handover requirement in the current time period. (For example, the service network is reachable in the current time period and/or the network quality of the service network meets the third preset condition) service network (ie, the first service network set), or in other words, determine the service network that the terminal device can access The service network that can be switched to in the current time period, and the first service network set is sent to the first network element. The target serving network is determined, so as to improve the efficiency and success rate of the terminal device switching between the serving network and the serving cell.
需要说明的是,上述第二网元包括终端设备当前服务网络对应的移动性管理功能网元,或者该第二网元包括该目标服务网络对应的无线接入网网元。It should be noted that the above-mentioned second network element includes a mobility management function network element corresponding to the current serving network of the terminal device, or the second network element includes a wireless access network network element corresponding to the target serving network.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一网元可以在无法与该目标服务网络对应的无线接入网网元进行直接通信时,通过该终端设备当前服务网络对应的移动性管理功能网元与目标服务网络对应的无线接入网网元进行通信,可以理解为,该第一网元通过该终端设备当前服务网络对应的移动性管理功能网元向目标服务网络对应的无线接入网网元发起切换请求。In a possible implementation manner, when the first network element cannot directly communicate with the wireless access network element corresponding to the target service network, the first network element can communicate with the network element of the mobility management function corresponding to the current service network of the terminal device. Communication with the wireless access network element corresponding to the target service network can be understood as that the first network element communicates with the wireless access network element corresponding to the target service network through the mobility management function network element corresponding to the current service network of the terminal device. Initiate a handover request.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,第一网元可以与该目标服务网络对应的无线接入网网元进行直接通信,可以理解为,该第一网元不需要通过该终端设备当前服务网络对应的移动性管理功能网元,可以直接向目标服务网络对应的无线接入网网元发起切换请求。In another possible implementation manner, the first network element may directly communicate with the wireless access network network element corresponding to the target service network. It can be understood that the first network element does not need to pass through the current service network of the terminal device. The corresponding mobility management function network element may directly initiate a handover request to the wireless access network network element corresponding to the target service network.
第二方面,提供了一种网络切换的方法,包括:第四网元确定第一服务网络集,该第一服务网络集包括终端设备的可接入的服务网络,且该第一服务网络集中的服务网络满足第一预设条件,该第一预设条件用于判定服务网络是否满足该终端设备的切换要求。该第四网元发送第三信息,该第三信息用于指示该第一服务网络集。In a second aspect, a method for network switching is provided, including: a fourth network element determining a first service network set, where the first service network set includes accessible service networks of a terminal device, and the first service network set The service network meets the first preset condition, and the first preset condition is used to determine whether the service network meets the handover requirement of the terminal device. The fourth network element sends third information, where the third information is used to indicate the first serving network set.
根据本申请实施例的网络切换方法,第四网元确定该终端设备可接入的且满足该终端设备的切换要求的服务网络(即第一服务网络集),并向第一网元发送该第一服务网络集,或者说,并向第一网元发送用于指示该第一服务网络集的第三信息,以便于该第一网元能够根据该第三信息以及自身的网络配置信息确定出该终端设备需要切换至的目标服务网络和目标服务小区,应理解,获取到该第三信息后,第一网元能够根据优先级信息去从该多个第一服务网络中确定目标服务网络以及该目标服务网络对应的目标服务小区,相较于任选或者任意确定的目标服务网络,本申请中的网络切换方法能够保证选择出对于该终端设备而言更合适的网络性能更好的目标服务网络和对应的目标服务小区,保障UE需要进行服务网络和服务小区切换时的网络性能,同时也保障了终端设备业务的持续进行。According to the network switching method of the embodiment of the present application, the fourth network element determines a service network (ie, a first service network set) that the terminal device can access and that meets the switching requirements of the terminal device, and sends the first network element to the first network element. The first serving network set, or in other words, sending third information for indicating the first serving network set to the first network element, so that the first network element can determine according to the third information and its own network configuration information It should be understood that after acquiring the third information, the first network element can determine the target service network from the plurality of first service networks according to the priority information And the target serving cell corresponding to the target service network, compared with the optional or arbitrarily determined target service network, the network switching method in the present application can ensure that a target with better network performance that is more suitable for the terminal device is selected The serving network and the corresponding target serving cell ensure the network performance when the UE needs to perform the handover between the serving network and the serving cell, and also ensure the continuous operation of the terminal equipment service.
需要说明的是,该第一预设条件包括服务网络当前时间段可达和/或服务网络的网络质量满足第三预设条件。It should be noted that the first preset condition includes that the serving network is reachable in the current time period and/or the network quality of the serving network satisfies the third preset condition.
可选地,上述第三预设条件可以指预设的参考信号接收功率(reference signal received power,RSRP),或者称为预设的接收参考信号电平值(例如可以为-100dbm),若服务网络的网络质量满足第三预设条件,可认为该服务网络对应的服务小区测量到的接收参考信号电平值大于或者等于预设的接收参考信号电平值。Optionally, the above-mentioned third preset condition may refer to a preset reference signal received power (reference signal received power, RSRP), or a preset received reference signal level value (for example, it may be -100dbm), if the service If the network quality of the network satisfies the third preset condition, it may be considered that the received reference signal level value measured by the serving cell corresponding to the serving network is greater than or equal to the preset received reference signal level value.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,在该第四网元确定第一服务网络集之前,该方法还包括:该第四网元接收第五信息,该第五信息用于指示该终端设备的可接入的服务网络;以及该第四网元确定第一服务网络集包括:该第四网元根据该第五信息和该第一预设条件确定该第一服务网络集。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, before the fourth network element determines the first service network set, the method further includes: the fourth network element receives fifth information, where the fifth information is used indicating the accessible service network of the terminal device; and the fourth network element determining the first service network set includes: the fourth network element determining the first service network according to the fifth information and the first preset condition set.
根据本申请实施例的网络切换方法,该第四网元可以接收第五信息,该第五信息用于指示该终端设备的可接入的服务网络,该第四网元可以根据该第五信息确定该第一服务网络集,在一种可能的实现方式中,该第四网元可以根据第五信息确定该终端设备可以接入的服务网络,再根据该第四网元的网络配置信息确定出满足第一预设条件的该终端设备可接入的服务网络(即第一服务网络集)。According to the network switching method in this embodiment of the present application, the fourth network element may receive fifth information, where the fifth information is used to indicate an accessible service network of the terminal device, and the fourth network element may receive the fifth information according to the fifth information. Determine the first service network set. In a possible implementation manner, the fourth network element may determine the service network that the terminal device can access according to the fifth information, and then determine according to the network configuration information of the fourth network element A service network (ie, a first service network set) that can be accessed by the terminal device that satisfies the first preset condition is obtained.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,在该第四网元确定第一服务网络集之前,该方法还包括:该第四网元接收第一请求信息,该第一请求信息用于请求将该终端设备切换至目标服务小区,以及该第一请求信息中包括第五信息,该第五信息用于指示该终端设备的可接入的服务网络。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, before the fourth network element determines the first service network set, the method further includes: the fourth network element receives first request information, the first request The information is used to request that the terminal device be handed over to the target serving cell, and the first request information includes fifth information, where the fifth information is used to indicate an accessible serving network of the terminal device.
根据本申请实施例的网络切换方法,上述第五信息可以携带于第一网元发送的第一请求信息中,可以节省信令,节约通信资源。According to the network switching method of the embodiment of the present application, the above fifth information can be carried in the first request information sent by the first network element, which can save signaling and communication resources.
需要说明的是,该第四网元包括终端设备的当前服务网络对应的移动性管理功能网元,或者该第四网元包括目标服务网络对应的移动性管理功能网元,或者该第四网元包括目标服务网络对应的无线接入网网元。It should be noted that the fourth network element includes a mobility management function network element corresponding to the current service network of the terminal device, or the fourth network element includes a mobility management function network element corresponding to the target service network, or the fourth network element includes a mobility management function network element corresponding to the target service network. The element includes a radio access network element corresponding to the target service network.
第三方面,提供了一种网络切换的装置,该装置可以用来执行第一方面及第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信设备的操作。具体地,通信装置包括用于执行上述第一方面所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)可以是第一方面的第一通信设备。该步骤或功能可以通过软件实现,或硬件实现,或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。In a third aspect, an apparatus for network switching is provided, and the apparatus can be used to perform the operations of the communication device in the first aspect and any possible implementation manner of the first aspect. Specifically, the communication apparatus includes means for performing the steps or functions described in the first aspect. The corresponding means may be the first communication device of the first aspect. The steps or functions can be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
第三方面提供的编码装置的有益效果参考第一方面及其各种可能的实现的有益效果,此处不再赘述。For the beneficial effects of the encoding apparatus provided in the third aspect, reference is made to the beneficial effects of the first aspect and various possible implementations thereof, and details are not described herein again.
第四方面,提供了一种网络切换的装置,该装置可以用来用于执行第二方面及第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信设备的操作。具体地,该装置可以包括用于执行上述第二方面所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)。该步骤或功能可以通过软件实现,或硬件实现,或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。In a fourth aspect, an apparatus for network switching is provided, and the apparatus can be used to perform the operation of the communication device in the second aspect and any possible implementation manner of the second aspect. Specifically, the apparatus may include means for performing the steps or functions described in the second aspect above. The steps or functions can be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
第四方面提供的编码装置的有益效果参考第二方面及其各种可能的实现的有益效果,此处不再赘述。For the beneficial effects of the encoding apparatus provided in the fourth aspect, reference is made to the beneficial effects of the second aspect and various possible implementations thereof, and details are not repeated here.
第五方面,提供了一种计算机可读介质,该计算机可读介质存储有计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令)当其在计算机上运行时,使得上述第一方面及其任一种可能的实现方式中的方法被执行;或者使得上述第二方面及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法被执行。In a fifth aspect, a computer-readable medium is provided, the computer-readable medium stores a computer program (which may also be referred to as code, or an instruction), when it is run on a computer, so that the above-mentioned first aspect and any one thereof The methods in the possible implementations are performed; or the methods in the above-mentioned second aspect and any possible implementations thereof are performed.
第六方面,提供了一种芯片系统,包括存储器和处理器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得安装有该芯片系统的通信设备执行上述第一方面及其任一种可能的实现方式中的方法;或者执行上述第二方面及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a sixth aspect, a chip system is provided, including a memory and a processor, the memory is used for storing a computer program, and the processor is used for calling and running the computer program from the memory, so that the communication device installed with the chip system executes the above-mentioned The method in the first aspect and any possible implementation manner thereof; or the method in the above-mentioned second aspect and any possible implementation manner thereof.
第七方面,提供了一种芯片,芯片包括处理器和通信接口,该通信接口用于与外部器件或内部器件进行通信,该处理器用于实现上述第一方面及其任一种可能的实现方式中的方法;或者该处理器用于实现上述第二方面及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a seventh aspect, a chip is provided, the chip includes a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is used to communicate with an external device or an internal device, and the processor is used to implement the above-mentioned first aspect and any possible implementation manner thereof or the processor is used to implement the method in the second aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该芯片还可以包括存储器,该存储器中存储有指令,处理器用于执行存储器中存储的指令或源于其他的指令。当该指令被执行时,处理器用于实现上述第一方面及其任一种可能的实现方式中的方法;或者处理器用于实现上述第二方面及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a possible implementation manner, the chip may further include a memory in which instructions are stored, and the processor is configured to execute the instructions stored in the memory or derived from other instructions. When the instruction is executed, the processor is used to implement the method in the above-mentioned first aspect and any possible implementation manner thereof; or the processor is used for implementing the method in the above-mentioned second aspect and any possible implementation manner thereof.
第八方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令),当该计算机程序被运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面及其任一种可能的实现方式中的方法;或者执行上述第二方面中及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In an eighth aspect, a computer program product is provided, the computer program product comprising: a computer program (also referred to as code, or instructions), which, when the computer program is run, causes the computer to execute the first aspect and any one of the above a method in one possible implementation manner; or perform the method in the second aspect and any one of the possible implementation manners.
第九方面,提供了一种通信设备,包括,处理器,存储器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得该通信装置执行第一方密方面及其任一种可能的实现方式中的通信方法,或者执行第二方面及其任一种可能实现方式中的通信方法。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided, including a processor and a memory, where the memory is used for storing a computer program, and the processor is used for calling and running the computer program from the memory, so that the communication device executes the first secret aspect and the communication method in any possible implementation manner thereof, or perform the second aspect and the communication method in any possible implementation manner thereof.
该处理器为一个或多个,该存储器为一个或多个。该存储器可以与该处理器集成在一起,或者该存储器与处理器分离设置。The processor is one or more and the memory is one or more. The memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory may be provided separately from the processor.
一个可能的设计中,提供了一种通信设备,包括通信接口、处理器和存储器。该处理器用于控制通信接口收发信号,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得该通信设备执行第一方面及其任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者执行第二方面及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In one possible design, a communication device is provided that includes a communication interface, a processor and a memory. The processor is used to control the communication interface to send and receive signals, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the communication device executes the first aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof method, or perform the method in the second aspect and any of its possible implementation manners.
第十方面,提供了一种系统,该系统包括第三方面中的网络切换装置和第四方面中的网络切换装置。In a tenth aspect, a system is provided, the system comprising the network switching apparatus of the third aspect and the network switching apparatus of the fourth aspect.
图1是本申请实施例适用的系统场景示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a system scenario to which an embodiment of the present application is applicable.
图2是本申请实施例提供的网络切换方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a network switching method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图3是本申请另一实施例提供的网络切换方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a network switching method provided by another embodiment of the present application.
图4是本申请另一实施例提供的网络切换方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a network switching method provided by another embodiment of the present application.
图5是本申请另一实施例提供的网络切换方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a network switching method provided by another embodiment of the present application.
图6是本申请实施例提供的一种网络切换装置的示意性框图。FIG. 6 is a schematic block diagram of a network switching apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图7是本申请实施例提供的一种网络切换设备的结构示意图。FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a network switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duple,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、第五代(5th generation,5G)系统、未来的第五点五代(5.5th generation,5.5G)、第六代(6th generation,6G)或新无线(new radio,NR)等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application may be applied to various communication systems, for example: long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex) , TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) system, future fifth generation (5.5th generation, 5.5G), sixth generation (6th generation) , 6G) or new wireless (new radio, NR) and so on.
下面以源服务网络和目标服务网络均为第五代系统网络为例,结合图1对本申请中源服务网络或者目标服务网络的网络架构进行说明。In the following, the source service network and the target service network are both fifth-generation system networks as an example, and the network architecture of the source service network or the target service network in the present application will be described with reference to FIG. 1 .
5G移动通信系统架构主要由终端设备,无线接入网,核心网和数据网络构成,其中,终端设备,无线接入网和核心网是构成架构的主要成分,逻辑上它们可以分为用户面和控制面两部分,控制面负责移动网络的管理,用户面负责业务数据的传输。The 5G mobile communication system architecture is mainly composed of terminal equipment, radio access network, core network and data network. Among them, terminal equipment, radio access network and core network are the main components of the architecture. Logically, they can be divided into user plane and The control plane consists of two parts, the control plane is responsible for the management of the mobile network, and the user plane is responsible for the transmission of service data.
如图1所示,该通信系统包括但不限于以下网元:As shown in Figure 1, the communication system includes but is not limited to the following network elements:
1、终端设备1. Terminal equipment
本申请实施例中的终端设备也可以称为:用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置等。The terminal equipment in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as: user equipment (user equipment, UE), mobile station (mobile station, MS), mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, Mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user equipment, etc.
终端设备是移动用户与网络交互的入口,具备一定的计算能力和存储能力,终端设备能够向用户显示业务窗口,并接受用户操作输入。示例性的,5G中的终端设备会采用新空口技术,与无线接入网建立信号连接与数据连接,从而传输控制信号和业务数据到移动 网络。The terminal device is the entrance for the mobile user to interact with the network, and has certain computing and storage capabilities. The terminal device can display a service window to the user and accept user operation input. Exemplarily, a terminal device in 5G will use a new air interface technology to establish a signal connection and a data connection with the wireless access network, so as to transmit control signals and service data to the mobile network.
终端设备可以是一种向用户提供语音/数据连通性的设备,例如,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。目前,一些终端的举例为:移动手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self-driving or autopilot)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The terminal device may be a device that provides voice/data connectivity to the user, such as a handheld device with a wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, and the like. At present, some examples of terminals are: mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer, notebook computer, PDA, mobile internet device (MID), wearable device, virtual reality (VR) device, augmented Augmented reality (AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving or autopilot, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, smart grid ( Wireless terminal in smart grid), wireless terminal in transportation safety, wireless terminal in smart city, wireless terminal in smart home, cellular phone, cordless phone, session initiation protocol Session initiation protocol (SIP) telephones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (PDAs), handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices, or other devices connected to wireless modems Processing equipment, vehicle-mounted equipment, wearable equipment, terminal equipment in the future 5G network or terminal equipment in the future evolved public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN), etc., are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。此外,在本申请实施例中,终端设备还可以是物联网(internet of things,IoT)系统中的终端设备。另外,在本申请实施例中,终端设备还可与其他通信系统的终端设备进行通信,例如,设备间通信等。As an example and not a limitation, in this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices, which are the general term for the intelligent design of daily wear and the development of wearable devices using wearable technology, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. In a broad sense, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-scale, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which needs to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring. In addition, in this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also be a terminal device in an internet of things (internet of things, IoT) system. In addition, in this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also communicate with terminal devices of other communication systems, for example, inter-device communication.
2、无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)2. Radio access network (RAN)
无线接入网是基于无线通信技术实现接入网络功能的接入网。通常部署在靠近终端设备的位置,为特定区域的授权用户提供入网功能,并能够根据用户的级别,业务的需求等确定不同质量的传输隧道来传输用户数据。无线接入网能够管理无线资源,合理利用自无线资源按需为终端提供无线接入或者空口接入服务,进而完成控制信号和用户数据在终端和核心网之间的转发。A wireless access network is an access network that realizes the function of an access network based on a wireless communication technology. It is usually deployed near the terminal equipment to provide network access functions for authorized users in a specific area, and can determine different quality transmission tunnels to transmit user data according to the user's level and service requirements. The wireless access network can manage the wireless resources, reasonably utilize the self-radio resources to provide wireless access or air interface access services for the terminal on demand, and then complete the forwarding of control signals and user data between the terminal and the core network.
作为示例而非限定,无线接入网可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNB或eNodeB),还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器,或者该接入设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及5G网络中的接入设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的接入设备等,可以是WLAN中的接入点(access point,AP),可以是NR系统中的gNB本申请实施例并不限定。As an example and not a limitation, the radio access network may be an evolved NodeB (evolved NodeB, eNB or eNodeB) in the LTE system, or may be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario , or the access device can be a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, an access device in a 5G network or an access device in a future evolved PLMN network, etc., and can be an access point in a WLAN ( access point, AP), which may be a gNB in the NR system, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
3、数据网络(data network,DN)3. Data network (DN)
数据网络用于为用户提供业务服务,一般客户端位于UE,服务端位于数据网络。数据网络可以是私有网络,如局域网,也可以是不受运营商管控的外部网络,如因特网,还可以是运营商共同部署的专有网络,如提供IP多媒体系统(IP multimedia subsystem,IMS) 服务的网络。The data network is used to provide users with business services. Generally, the client is located in the UE, and the server is located in the data network. The data network can be a private network, such as a local area network, or an external network that is not controlled by operators, such as the Internet, or a private network jointly deployed by operators, such as providing IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) services network of.
5G网络架构的核心网负责维护移动网络的签约数据,管理移动网络的网元,为UE提供提供会话管理,移动性管理,策略管理,安全认证等功能。比如,在UE附着的时候,为UE提供入网认证;在UE有业务请求时,为UE分配网络资源;在UE移动的时候,为UE更新网络资源;在UE空闲的时候,为UE提供快恢复机制;在UE去附着的时候,为UE释放网络资源;在UE有业务数据时,为UE提供数据路由功能,如转发上行数据到数据网络;或者从数据网络接收UE下行数据,转发到无线接入网,从而发送给UE。The core network of the 5G network architecture is responsible for maintaining the subscription data of the mobile network, managing the network elements of the mobile network, and providing functions such as session management, mobility management, policy management, and security authentication for the UE. For example, when the UE is attached, it provides network access authentication for the UE; when the UE has a service request, it allocates network resources for the UE; when the UE moves, it updates the network resources for the UE; when the UE is idle, it provides fast recovery for the UE mechanism; when the UE is detached, it releases network resources for the UE; when the UE has service data, it provides data routing functions for the UE, such as forwarding uplink data to the data network; or receives UE downlink data from the data network and forwards it to the wireless access point. Access the network and send it to the UE.
如图1所示,对5G网络架构的核心网的进一步细化,其中核心网用户面网元包括用户面功能网元(user plane function,UPF);核心网的控制面网元包括认证服务器功能网元(authentication server function,AUSF),核心网接入和移动性管理功能网元(core access and mobility management function,AMF),会话管理功能网元(session management function,SMF),网络切片选择功能网元(network slice selection function,NSSF),网络开放功能网元(network exposure function,NEF),网络存储功能网元(network repository function,NRF),统一数据管理网元(unified data management,UDM),策略控制功能网元(policy control function,PCF),应用功能网元(application function,AF)。As shown in Figure 1, the core network of the 5G network architecture is further refined. The user plane network elements of the core network include user plane function network elements (UPF); the control plane network elements of the core network include the authentication server function. Network element (authentication server function, AUSF), core network access and mobility management function network element (core access and mobility management function, AMF), session management function network element (session management function, SMF), network slice selection function network element (network slice selection function, NSSF), network exposure function (network exposure function, NEF), network storage function (network repository function, NRF), unified data management network element (unified data management, UDM), policy Control function network element (policy control function, PCF), application function network element (application function, AF).
核心网控制面采用服务化架构,控制面网元之间的交互采用服务调用的方式,来替换传统架构中的点对点通信方式。服务化架构中,控制面网元会向其他控制面网元开放服务,供其他控制面网元调用;点对点通信中,控制面网元之间通信接口会存在一套特定的消息,只能由接口两端的控制面网元在通信时使用。The core network control plane adopts a service-oriented architecture, and the interaction between the network elements of the control plane adopts the method of service invocation to replace the point-to-point communication method in the traditional architecture. In the service-based architecture, the control plane network elements will open services to other control plane network elements for other control plane network elements to call; in point-to-point communication, there will be a set of specific messages on the communication interface between the control plane network elements, which can only be used by other control plane network elements. The control plane NEs at both ends of the interface are used for communication.
下面对5G网络架构的核心网中各个网元的功能进行进一步介绍:The functions of each network element in the core network of the 5G network architecture are further introduced below:
4、接入和移动性管理功能网元(access and mobility management function,AMF)4. Access and mobility management function network element (access and mobility management function, AMF)
接入和移动性管理功能网元主要用于接入管理和移动性管理等,负责UE的状态维护,UE的可达性管理,非移动性管理(mobility management,MM)非接入层(non-access-stratum,NAS)息的转发,会话管理(session management,SM)N2消息的转发(为UE和SMF之间的SM消息提供传输)。可以用于实现移动性管理实体(mobility management entity,MME)功能中除会话管理之外的其它功能,例如,合法监听、或接入授权(或鉴权)等功能。在本申请实施例中,可用于实现接入和移动管理网元的功能。The access and mobility management function network elements are mainly used for access management and mobility management, etc., and are responsible for the state maintenance of the UE, the reachability management of the UE, the non-mobility management (MM), and the non-access stratum (non-access stratum). -access-stratum, NAS) message forwarding, session management (session management, SM) N2 message forwarding (provides transport for SM messages between UE and SMF). It can be used to implement functions other than session management in the mobility management entity (mobility management entity, MME) function, for example, functions such as legal interception, or access authorization (or authentication). In the embodiments of the present application, the functions of the access and mobility management network elements can be implemented.
5、统一数据管理网元(unified data management,UDM)5. Unified data management network element (unified data management, UDM)
统一数据管理网元属于核心网控制面网元,归属用户服务器,可以用于统一数据管理,支持3GPP认证、用户身份操作、权限授予、注册和移动性管理等功能。在本申请实施例中,可用于实现管理用户签约上下文的功能。The unified data management network element belongs to the core network control plane network element and belongs to the user server. It can be used for unified data management and supports functions such as 3GPP authentication, user identity operation, authority granting, registration and mobility management. In this embodiment of the present application, it can be used to implement the function of managing user subscription contexts.
6、会话管理功能网元(session management function,SMF)6. Session management function network element (session management function, SMF)
会话管理功能网元主要用于会话管理、终端设备的网络互连协议(internet protocol,IP)地址分配和管理、选择可管理用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)网元、策略控制和收费功能接口的终结点以及下行数据通知等。在本申请实施例中,可用于实现会话管理网元的功能,为UE的会话分配资源,释放资源;其中资源包括会话服务质量(qality of service,QoS),会话路径,转发规则等。The session management function network element is mainly used for session management, Internet Protocol (IP) address allocation and management of terminal equipment, selection of manageable user plane function (UPF) network elements, policy control and charging functions The endpoint of the interface and the downlink data notification, etc. In the embodiment of the present application, it can be used to realize the function of the session management network element, allocate resources for the session of the UE, and release the resources; wherein the resources include session quality of service (quality of service, QoS), session paths, and forwarding rules.
7、策略控制网元(policy control function,PCF)7. Policy control function (PCF)
策略控制网元用于指导网络行为的统一策略框架,为控制平面功能网元(例如AMF, SMF网元等)提供策略规则信息等。The policy control network element is used to guide the unified policy framework of network behavior, and provides policy rule information and the like for control plane functional network elements (eg, AMF, SMF network elements, etc.).
8、用户面功能网元(user plane function,UPF)8. User plane function (UPF)
用户面功能网元可用于根据SMF的路由规则执行用户数据包转发、或用户面数据的QoS参数处理等。用户数据可通过该网元接入到数据网络(data network,DN)。比如,用户面功能网元根据SMF的路由规则将上行数据发送到DN或其他UPF,或者将下行数据转发到其他UPF或者RAN。在本申请实施例中,可用于实现用户面网元的功能。The user plane functional network element can be used to perform user data packet forwarding or QoS parameter processing of user plane data according to the routing rules of the SMF. User data can be accessed to a data network (DN) through this network element. For example, the user plane function network element sends the uplink data to the DN or other UPFs according to the routing rules of the SMF, or forwards the downlink data to other UPFs or RANs. In this embodiment of the present application, it can be used to implement the function of the user plane network element.
9、网络存储功能网元(network repository function,NRF)9. Network storage function network element (network repository function, NRF)
网络存储功能网元可用于支持网元服务或者网元发现功能,从网络功能(network function,NF)实例接收NF发现请求,并将发现的NF实例的信息提供给NF实例。以及用于支持维护可用NF实例及其支持的服务的NF配置文件。换句话说,网络存储功能网元可用于为其他网元提供网络功能实体信息的存储功能和选择功能。The network storage function network element can be used to support network element services or network element discovery functions, receive NF discovery requests from network function (network function, NF) instances, and provide information about the discovered NF instances to the NF instances. and NF configuration files to support maintaining available NF instances and the services they support. In other words, the network storage function network element can be used to provide other network elements with a storage function and a selection function of network function entity information.
20、网络能力开放功能网元(network exposure function,NEF)20. Network exposure function (NEF)
网络能力开放功能网元用于向外部开放由3GPP网络功能提供的业务和网络能力信息(如终端位置、会话是否可达)等。The network capability opening function network element is used to open the service and network capability information (such as terminal location, session reachability) and the like provided by the 3GPP network function to the outside.
11、应用功能网元(application function,AF)11. Application function network element (application function, AF)
应用功能网元用于与核心网交互来提供服务,来影响业务流路由、接入网能力开放和策略控制等。The application function network element is used to interact with the core network to provide services, and to affect service flow routing, access network capability opening, and policy control.
12、认证服务器功能网元(authentication server function,AUSF)12. Authentication server function network element (authentication server function, AUSF)
认证服务器功能网元主要用于对用户的鉴权、授权以保证用户是合法用户。The authentication server function network element is mainly used for user authentication and authorization to ensure that the user is a legitimate user.
13、网络切片选择功能网元(network slice selection function,NSSF)13. Network slice selection function Network element (network slice selection function, NSSF)
网络切片选择功能网元用于根据UE的切片选择辅助信息、签约信息等确定UE允许接入的网络切片实例。The network slice selection function network element is used to determine the network slice instance that the UE is allowed to access according to the slice selection auxiliary information and subscription information of the UE.
在上述网络架构中,N2接口为RAN和AMF网元的接口,用于无线参数、非接入层(non-access stratum,NAS)信令的发送等;N3接口为RAN和UPF网元之间的接口,用于传输用户面的数据等;N4接口为SMF网元和UPF网元之间的接口,用于传输例如业务策略、N3连接的隧道标识信息,数据缓存指示信息,以及下行数据通知消息等信息。N6接口为DN网元和UPF网元之间的接口,用于传输用户面的数据等,Nudm为UDM提供的服务化接口,Namf为AMF提供的服务化接口。In the above network architecture, the N2 interface is the interface between the RAN and the AMF network element, which is used for sending radio parameters, non-access stratum (NAS) signaling, etc.; the N3 interface is the interface between the RAN and the UPF network element. The N4 interface is the interface between the SMF network element and the UPF network element, which is used to transmit service policies, tunnel identification information of N3 connection, data buffer indication information, and downlink data notification. messages, etc. The N6 interface is the interface between the DN network element and the UPF network element, which is used to transmit user plane data, etc. Nudm is the service interface provided by UDM, and Namf is the service interface provided by AMF.
应理解,上述应用于本申请实施例的网络架构仅是举例说明的从传统点到点的架构和服务化架构的角度描述的网络架构,适用本申请实施例的网络架构并不局限于此,任何能够实现上述各个网元的功能的网络架构都适用于本申请实施例。It should be understood that the above-mentioned network architecture applied to the embodiments of the present application is only a network architecture described from the perspective of a traditional point-to-point architecture and a service-oriented architecture, and the network architecture applicable to the embodiments of the present application is not limited thereto. Any network architecture capable of implementing the functions of the foregoing network elements is applicable to the embodiments of the present application.
应理解,图1中5G系统的各个网元的名称仅作为示例而非限定,在其他网络类型,具有相同或者相似功能的网元可能为其他的名称,图1中的各个网元之间的接口名称也只是一个示例,具体实现中接口的名称可能为其他的名称,本申请对此不作具体限定。此外,上述各个网元之间的所传输的消息(或信令)的名称也仅仅是一个示例,对消息本身的功能不构成任何限定。It should be understood that the names of the various network elements of the 5G system in FIG. 1 are only examples and not limitations. In other network types, network elements with the same or similar functions may have other names. The name of the interface is also just an example, and the name of the interface in the specific implementation may be other names, which are not specifically limited in this application. In addition, the names of the messages (or signaling) transmitted between the above network elements are only an example, and do not constitute any limitation on the functions of the messages themselves.
需要说明的是,上述网元也可以称为实体、设备、装置或模块等,本申请并未特别限定。并且,在本申请中,为了便于理解和说明,在对部分描述中省略网元这一描述,例如,将AMF网元简称AMF,此情况下,该“AMF”应理解为AMF网元,以下,省略对相同或 相似情况的说明。It should be noted that the above-mentioned network elements may also be referred to as entities, devices, devices, or modules, etc., which are not particularly limited in this application. In addition, in this application, in order to facilitate understanding and description, the description of the network element is omitted in some descriptions. For example, the AMF network element is abbreviated as AMF. In this case, the "AMF" should be understood as the AMF network element. The following , omitting the description of the same or similar situations.
可以理解的是,上述功能网元既可以是硬件设备中的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行软件功能,或者是平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。It can be understood that the above-mentioned functional network elements may be network elements in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or virtualized functions instantiated on a platform (eg, a cloud platform).
可以理解的是,在图1所示的通信系统中,各组成网元的功能仅为示例性的,各个组成网元在应用于本申请的实施例中时,并非全部功能都是必需的。It can be understood that, in the communication system shown in FIG. 1 , the functions of each component network element are only exemplary, and not all functions of each component network element are required when applied to the embodiments of the present application.
还需要说明的是,上述网络架构是以源服务网络和目标服务网络均为5G网络为例进行说明的,其中,5G网络可以为公共网络,也可以为非公共网络;实际上源服务网络与目标服务网络也可以为其他类型的网络,比如第四代移动通信网络、未来的第五点五代移动通信网络、或者第六代移动通信网络等等,源服务网络与目标服务网络的网络类型可以相同,也可以不同,应理解,本申请中实施例适用的网络架构并不仅限于此。It should also be noted that the above network architecture is illustrated by taking the source service network and the target service network as 5G networks as an example, wherein the 5G network can be a public network or a non-public network; in fact, the source service network and The target service network can also be other types of networks, such as the fourth generation mobile communication network, the future fifth and fifth generation mobile communication network, or the sixth generation mobile communication network, etc., the network type of the source service network and the target service network It may be the same or different, and it should be understood that the network architecture applicable to the embodiments of this application is not limited to this.
应理解,网络可分为公共网络与非公共网络,其中,公共网络是一种公用的网络,比如公共陆地移动网(public land mobile network,PLMN),非公共网络(non-public network,NPN)是一种非公用的网络,非公共网络有以下两种类型:第一种为独立部署的NPN网络(standalone NPN,SNPN),该网络可以不依赖与PLMN的网络功能实现,由SNPN的运营商运营。第二种为公网集成的NPN网络(public network integrated NPN,PNI-NPN),该网络依赖于PLMN的网络功能实现,由传统运营商运营。It should be understood that a network can be divided into a public network and a non-public network, wherein a public network is a public network, such as a public land mobile network (PLMN), a non-public network (NPN) It is a non-public network. There are two types of non-public networks: the first is an independently deployed NPN network (standalone NPN, SNPN), which can be implemented independently of the network functions of PLMN and is implemented by the operator of SNPN. operation. The second is the public network integrated NPN (PNI-NPN) network, which relies on the network functions of the PLMN and is operated by traditional operators.
连接管理(connection management,CM)用于建立和释放UE与AMF之间的控制面信令连接。NAS信令连接用于UE和核心网之间进行NAS信令交互,NAS信令连接包括UE和RAN之间的信令连接以及RAN和AMF之间的N2连接两部分。5G系统中UE和AMF之间的信令连接有两种状态:CM-IDLE状态和CM-CONNECTED状态。Connection management (CM) is used to establish and release the control plane signaling connection between the UE and the AMF. The NAS signaling connection is used for NAS signaling interaction between the UE and the core network. The NAS signaling connection includes the signaling connection between the UE and the RAN and the N2 connection between the RAN and the AMF. There are two states of signaling connection between UE and AMF in 5G system: CM-IDLE state and CM-CONNECTED state.
UE在入网前,UE和AMF间的NAS信令连接的还未建立,此时UE处于CM-IDLE状态,UE根据RAN广播的网络和小区信息选择一个可用的服务网络和一个可用的小区进行入网后,UE和AMF间建立起了NAS信令连接,UE由CM-IDLE状态转换为CM-CONNECTED状态。Before the UE joins the network, the NAS signaling connection between the UE and the AMF has not been established. At this time, the UE is in the CM-IDLE state. The UE selects an available serving network and an available cell according to the network and cell information broadcast by the RAN for network access. Afterwards, a NAS signaling connection is established between the UE and the AMF, and the UE transitions from the CM-IDLE state to the CM-CONNECTED state.
入网后处于CM-CONNECTED状态的UE移动到新的区域时,UE在上一个区域所接入的服务网络(可称为源服务网络)和服务小区(可称为源服务小区)的网络质量随着UE的移动可能无法满足UE在当前区域的网络需求,由于地理上的同一区域可能处于多个服务网络的覆盖范围内,或者说,UE所处的当前区域可能属于不同的服务小区,这些小区分别属于不同的服务网络,因此,在CM-CONNECTED状态的UE移动到一个新的区域后,可以重新确定一个服务网络(可称为目标服务网络)和服务小区(可称为目标服务小区)进行切换,以保障UE的网络质量。When the UE in the CM-CONNECTED state moves to a new area after joining the network, the network quality of the serving network (can be called the source serving network) and the serving cell (can be called the source serving cell) accessed by the UE in the previous area changes with The movement of the UE may not meet the network requirements of the UE in the current area, because the same geographical area may be within the coverage of multiple serving networks, or the current area where the UE is located may belong to different serving cells. They belong to different serving networks. Therefore, after the UE in the CM-CONNECTED state moves to a new area, a serving network (can be called a target serving network) and a serving cell (can be called a target serving cell) can be re-determined for handover to ensure the network quality of the UE.
此时,源服务网络中的RAN(可记做S-RAN)会根据S-RAN侧对应的网络配置信息和UE对于多个小区的无线信号质量的测量上报信息(可称为UE的测量上报信息)确定满足信号电平质量要求的可达的服务小区集以及每一服务小区对应的服务网络,该服务小区集中包括至少一个服务小区,从服务小区中任选一个作为目标服务小区,将目标服务小区对应的服务网络作为目标服务网络,UE从源服务网络切换到目标服务网络以及从源服务小区切换到目标服务小区,但从多个满足信号电平质量要求的可达服务小区中任意确定的目标服务小区和该目标服务小区对应的目标服务网络,无法使得UE切换到最优的服务网络和最优的服务小区,无法保障UE的网络质量,可能存在网络效果较差的情况。At this time, the RAN (which can be referred to as S-RAN) in the source serving network will be based on the network configuration information corresponding to the S-RAN side and the UE's measurement and reporting information on the wireless signal quality of multiple cells (which may be referred to as UE's measurement reporting). information) to determine the set of reachable serving cells that meet the signal level quality requirements and the serving network corresponding to each serving cell, the serving cell set includes at least one serving cell, and one of the serving cells is selected as the target serving cell. The serving network corresponding to the serving cell is used as the target serving network. The UE switches from the source serving network to the target serving network and from the source serving cell to the target serving cell, but is arbitrarily determined from multiple reachable serving cells that meet the signal level quality requirements. The target serving cell and the target serving network corresponding to the target serving cell cannot make the UE switch to the optimal serving network and the optimal serving cell, the network quality of the UE cannot be guaranteed, and the network effect may be poor.
需要说明的是,上述信号电平质量要求可以指切换门限配置所要求的信号电平质量。It should be noted that the above-mentioned signal level quality requirement may refer to the signal level quality required by the switching threshold configuration.
针对上述问题,本申请提出了一种网络切换的方法,可以提高目标服务网络和目标服务小区的网络性能,保障UE在移动时的网络质量。在本申请提出的网络切换的方法中,源服务网络可以根据UE预配置的网络选择策略信息(也可称为UE的选网信息)确定目标服务网络和目标服务小区,具体而言,源服务网络可以根据UE的测量上报信息、网络侧配置信息和UE预配置的网络选择策略信息确定上述多个满足信号电平质量要求的服务小区对应的可达服务网络的优先级信息,将其中优先级较高的服务网络确定为目标服务网络,将与该目标服务网络对应的服务小区作为目标服务小区,UE从源服务网络切换到目标服务网络以及从源服务小区切换到目标服务小区。In view of the above problems, the present application proposes a method for network handover, which can improve the network performance of the target serving network and the target serving cell, and ensure the network quality of the UE when moving. In the method for network handover proposed in this application, the source serving network can determine the target serving network and the target serving cell according to the network selection policy information preconfigured by the UE (also referred to as the UE's network selection information), specifically, the source serving network The network can determine the priority information of the reachable serving network corresponding to the above-mentioned multiple serving cells that meet the signal level quality requirements according to the measurement report information of the UE, the configuration information on the network side, and the network selection policy information preconfigured by the UE, The higher serving network is determined as the target serving network, the serving cell corresponding to the target serving network is taken as the target serving cell, and the UE is handed over from the source serving network to the target serving network and from the source serving cell to the target serving cell.
需要说明的是,上述UE的选网信息(第一信息的一例)用于指示UE可接入的服务网络集以及该服务网络集中每一服务网络对应的优先级信息,上述UE的测量上报信息用于确定满足预设信号电平质量值的服务小区,上述网络侧配置信息(第二信息的一例)用于确定满足UE切换要求的服务网络,其中UE切换要求可以是服务网络当前时间段可达和/或服务网络的网络质量满足第一预设条件。It should be noted that the network selection information of the UE (an example of the first information) is used to indicate the set of service networks that the UE can access and the priority information corresponding to each service network in the set of service networks, and the measurement report information of the UE above Used to determine the serving cell that satisfies the preset signal level quality value, the above-mentioned network side configuration information (an example of the second information) is used to determine the serving network that satisfies the UE handover requirement, where the UE handover requirement can be that the serving network can be used in the current time period. The network quality of the reaching and/or serving network satisfies the first preset condition.
接下来以源服务网络和目标服务网络均为第五代系统网络为例,结合图2对本申请的网络切换方法200进行详细说明。Next, the network switching method 200 of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 2 , taking as an example that both the source service network and the target service network are fifth-generation system networks.
S201,第一网元确定多个第一服务网络、以及每个第一服务网络对应的优先级。S201, the first network element determines a plurality of first service networks and a priority corresponding to each first service network.
需要说明的是,上述多个第一服务网络至少满足三个条件:上述多个第一服务网络为UE可接入的服务网络,上述多个第一服务网络满足UE的切换要求(即第一预设条件),上述多个第一服务网络对应的服务小区的信号质量满足切换门限配置所要求的信号电平质量(即第二预设条件)。It should be noted that the above-mentioned multiple first service networks satisfy at least three conditions: the above-mentioned multiple first service networks are service networks accessible to the UE, and the above-mentioned multiple first service networks meet the handover requirements of the UE (that is, the first service network preset condition), the signal quality of the serving cells corresponding to the plurality of first serving networks satisfies the signal level quality required by the handover threshold configuration (ie, the second preset condition).
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一网元根据UE的选网信息(即第一信息)、第一网元的网络配置信息(即第二信息)和UE的测量上报信息确定多个第一服务网络以及每个第一服务网络对应的优先级,其中,该UE的选网信息用于确定UE可接入的服务网络以及每个可接入的服务网络的优先级信息,该第一网元的网络配置信息用于确定满足UE的切换要求的服务网络,该UE的测量上报信息用于确定信号质量满足切换门限配置所要求的信号电平质量的服务小区以及该服务小区对应的服务网络。In a possible implementation manner, the first network element determines the plurality of first network elements according to the network selection information of the UE (that is, the first information), the network configuration information of the first network element (that is, the second information), and the measurement report information of the UE. A serving network and the priority corresponding to each first serving network, wherein the network selection information of the UE is used to determine the serving network that the UE can access and the priority information of each accessible serving network, the first serving network The network configuration information of the network element is used to determine the serving network that meets the handover requirement of the UE, and the measurement report information of the UE is used to determine the serving cell whose signal quality meets the signal level quality required by the handover threshold configuration and the service corresponding to the serving cell. network.
可选地,第一网元获取上述UE的选网信息(即第一信息)的方式可以是,第一网元向UE的当前服务网络对应的移动性管理功能网元或者UE的历史服务网络对应的无线接入网网元获取上述UE的选网信息。Optionally, the manner in which the first network element obtains the network selection information of the UE (that is, the first information) may be that the first network element requests the mobility management function network element corresponding to the current serving network of the UE or the historical serving network of the UE. The corresponding radio access network element acquires the network selection information of the UE.
可选地,第一网元还可以接收第二网元发送的第三信息,该第三信息用于指示至少满足两个条件的服务网络(即第一服务网络集)以及该服务网络对应的优先级,该至少两个条件包括:该服务网络为UE可接入的服务网络,且该服务网络满足UE的切换要求(即第一预设条件)。Optionally, the first network element may also receive third information sent by the second network element, where the third information is used to indicate a service network that satisfies at least two conditions (that is, the first service network set) and the corresponding service network. Priority, the at least two conditions include: the serving network is a serving network accessible to the UE, and the serving network satisfies the handover requirement of the UE (ie, the first preset condition).
可选地,该第三信息可以携带于针对上一次切换请求的第二网元发送的响应信息中。Optionally, the third information may be carried in response information sent by the second network element for the last handover request.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,第一网元根据上述第三信息和UE的测量上报信息确定多个第一服务网络以及每个第一服务网络对应的优先级,其中,该第三信息用于确定UE可接入的且满足UE的切换要求的服务网络,以及每个该服务网络的优先级信息,该UE的测量上报信息用于确定信号质量满足切换门限配置所要求的信号电平质量的服务小区 以及该服务小区对应的服务网络。In another possible implementation manner, the first network element determines a plurality of first serving networks and a priority corresponding to each first serving network according to the third information and the measurement report information of the UE, wherein the third information Used to determine the serving networks accessible to the UE and meeting the handover requirements of the UE, and the priority information of each serving network, and the measurement report information of the UE is used to determine the signal quality that meets the signal level required by the handover threshold configuration The quality of the serving cell and the serving network corresponding to the serving cell.
可选地,第一网元还可以接收UE发送的第四信息,该第四信息用于指示至少满足两个条件的服务网络(即第五服务网络集)以及该服务网络对应的优先级:该服务网络为UE可接入的服务网络,且该服务网络对应的服务小区满足切换门限配置所要求的信号电平质量(即第二预设条件)。Optionally, the first network element may also receive fourth information sent by the UE, where the fourth information is used to indicate a serving network that satisfies at least two conditions (that is, a fifth serving network set) and a priority corresponding to the serving network: The serving network is a serving network accessible to the UE, and the serving cell corresponding to the serving network satisfies the signal level quality required by the handover threshold configuration (ie, the second preset condition).
可选地,该第四信息可以携带于UE的测量上报信息中。Optionally, the fourth information may be carried in measurement reporting information of the UE.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,第一网元根据上述第四信息和第一网元的网络配置信息确定多个第一服务网络以及每个第一服务网络对应的优先级,其中,该第四信息用于确定UE可接入的且对应的服务小区满足切换门限配置所要求的信号电平质量的服务网络,以及每个该服务网络的优先级信息,该第一网元的网络配置信息用于确定满足UE的切换要求的服务网络。In another possible implementation manner, the first network element determines a plurality of first service networks and a priority corresponding to each first service network according to the foregoing fourth information and the network configuration information of the first network element, wherein the The fourth information is used to determine a serving network accessible to the UE and whose corresponding serving cell satisfies the signal level and quality required by the handover threshold configuration, and the priority information of each serving network, and the network configuration of the first network element. The information is used to determine the serving network that satisfies the UE's handover requirements.
还需要说明的是,上述UE的切换要求包括服务网络当前时间段可达和/或服务网络的网络质量满足第三预设条件。It should also be noted that the above-mentioned handover requirement of the UE includes that the serving network is reachable in the current time period and/or the network quality of the serving network satisfies the third preset condition.
S202,第一网元根据每个第一服务网络对应的优先级从多个第一服务网络中确定目标服务网络。S202, the first network element determines a target service network from a plurality of first service networks according to the priority corresponding to each first service network.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一网元根据每个第一服务网络对应的优先级将优先级最高的第一服务网络确定为目标服务网络,将该目标服务网络对应的小区确定为目标服务小区。In a possible implementation manner, the first network element determines the first service network with the highest priority as the target service network according to the priority corresponding to each first service network, and determines the cell corresponding to the target service network as the target service area.
可选地,若存在不止一个优先级最高的第一服务网络,换句话说,若最高优先级对应不止一个第一服务网络,可任选其中一个作为目标服务网络,将该目标服务网络对应的小区确定为目标服务小区。Optionally, if there is more than one first service network with the highest priority, in other words, if the highest priority corresponds to more than one first service network, one of them can be selected as the target service network, and the target service network corresponding to the The cell is determined as the target serving cell.
可选地,若该目标服务网络对应不止一个服务小区,可将其中信号质量最高的服务小区确定为目标服务小区。Optionally, if the target serving network corresponds to more than one serving cell, the serving cell with the highest signal quality may be determined as the target serving cell.
S203,第一网元向第二网元发送第一请求信息,该第一请求信息用于请求将终端设备切换至目标服务小区,该目标服务小区属于该目标服务网络。S203: The first network element sends first request information to the second network element, where the first request information is used to request handover of the terminal device to a target serving cell, where the target serving cell belongs to the target serving network.
可选地,在步骤S203后,第一网元还可以接收针对第一请求信息的第一响应信息,该第一响应信息用于指示终端设备是否成功切换至目标服务小区。Optionally, after step S203, the first network element may further receive first response information to the first request information, where the first response information is used to indicate whether the terminal device is successfully handed over to the target serving cell.
可选地,上述第一响应信息中可以包括上述第三信息,若本次UE未能成功切换到目标服务小区和目标服务网络,该第三信息可用于确定下一次的目标服务小区和目标服务网络。Optionally, the above-mentioned first response information may include the above-mentioned third information. If the UE fails to successfully switch to the target serving cell and the target serving network this time, the third information can be used to determine the next target serving cell and target service. network.
可选地,该第一请求信息中可以携带UE的选网信息(即第一信息),该UE的选网信息可用于第二网元根据该UE的选网信息和第二网元的网络配置信息确定上述第三信息。Optionally, the network selection information of the UE (that is, the first information) can be carried in the first request information, and the network selection information of the UE can be used by the second network element according to the network selection information of the UE and the network of the second network element. The configuration information determines the above-mentioned third information.
需要说明的是,以第五代系统网络为例,上述第一网元包括UE当前服务网络对应RAN,上述第二网元包括终端设备当前服务网络对应的AMF或者所述第二网元包括所述目标服务网络对应的RAN,上述第三网元包括终端设备的当前服务网络对应的AMF或者终端设备的历史服务网络对应的RAN,应理解,本申请并不限于此,上述网元也可以为其他通信系统中具有相似或者相同功能的网元。It should be noted that, taking the fifth-generation system network as an example, the first network element includes the RAN corresponding to the current serving network of the UE, the second network element includes the AMF corresponding to the current serving network of the terminal device, or the second network element includes all The above-mentioned RAN corresponding to the target service network, the above-mentioned third network element includes the AMF corresponding to the current service network of the terminal device or the RAN corresponding to the historical service network of the terminal device. It should be understood that the present application is not limited to this, and the above-mentioned network element may also be Network elements with similar or identical functions in other communication systems.
应理解,不同的网元的网络配置信息不一定相同,因此,针对相同服务网络,第一网 元根据第一网元的网络配置信息判断的该服务网络是否UE的切换要求的结果可能与第二网元根据第二网元的网络配置信息判断的该服务网络是否UE的切换要求的结果不同,比如,第一网元根据对应的第一网元的网络配置信息判断该服务网络当前时间段满足UE的切换要求,具体可以表现为该服务网络在当前时间段可达和/或服务网络的网络质量满足第三预设条件,而第二网元根据对应的第二网元的网络配置信息判断该服务网络当前时间段并不满足UE的切换要求。It should be understood that the network configuration information of different network elements is not necessarily the same. Therefore, for the same service network, the result of whether the service network is determined by the first network element according to the network configuration information of the first network element for the UE's handover request may be different from the result of the first network element. The second network element determines whether the serving network has a different handover request based on the network configuration information of the second network element. For example, the first network element determines the current time period of the serving network according to the network configuration information of the corresponding first network element. The handover requirement of the UE is met, which can be represented by the fact that the serving network is reachable in the current time period and/or the network quality of the serving network satisfies the third preset condition, and the second network element is based on the network configuration information of the corresponding second network element. It is judged that the current time period of the serving network does not meet the handover requirement of the UE.
接下来以源服务网络和目标服务网络均为第五代系统网络为例,结合图3对本申请的网络切换方法300进行详细说明。其中,网元#A与网元#B属于源服务网络,网元#C和网元#D属于目标服务网络。Next, the network switching method 300 of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 3 , taking as an example that both the source service network and the target service network are fifth-generation system networks. Among them, network element #A and network element #B belong to the source service network, and network element #C and network element #D belong to the target service network.
在该实施例中,网元#A获取信息#A和信息#B,并根据信息#A、信息#B和网元#A对应的网络配置信息#A确定目标服务小区和目标服务网络。In this embodiment, network element #A obtains information #A and information #B, and determines a target serving cell and a target serving network according to information #A, information #B and network configuration information #A corresponding to network element #A.
S301,网元#A获取信息#A,该信息#A用于指示UE可接入的服务网络集#A,以及该服务网络集#A中每一服务网络对应的优先级。S301, the network element #A obtains information #A, where the information #A is used to indicate the service network set #A accessible to the UE and the priority corresponding to each service network in the service network set #A.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网元#A从网元#B获取该信息#A。其中,作为示例而非限定,网元#B获取该信息#A的方式可以是,若网元#B为源服务网络核心网侧的移动性管理网元(比如AMF网元或者移动管理节点功能(mobility management entity,MME)网元),网元#B可以依据UE的标准注册流程从UDM中获取该信息#A。In a possible implementation manner, network element #A acquires the information #A from network element #B. Wherein, as an example and not a limitation, the way that network element #B obtains the information #A may be, if network element #B is a mobility management network element (such as an AMF network element or a mobility management node function) on the core network side of the source serving network (mobility management entity, MME) network element), the network element #B can obtain the information #A from the UDM according to the standard registration process of the UE.
具体的,网元#B依据UE的标准注册流程从UDM中获取该信息#A的方式可以是:网元#B向UDM注册,并订阅当该网元#B在UDM去注册时通知网元#B的通知;网元#B向UDM发送用户签约信息获取请求/响应(Nudm_SDM_Get Request/Response)以获取UE的签约信息;该签约信息包含了该信息#A;可选地,网元#B获取信息#A后,可储存该信息#A,比如将该信息#A作为UE签约信息的一部分,储存在UE上下文中。Specifically, the way that the network element #B obtains the information #A from the UDM according to the standard registration process of the UE may be: the network element #B registers with the UDM, and subscribes to notify the network element when the network element #B deregisters in the UDM. Notification of #B; network element #B sends a user subscription information acquisition request/response (Nudm_SDM_Get Request/Response) to UDM to obtain the subscription information of the UE; the subscription information includes the information #A; optionally, network element #B After the information #A is acquired, the information #A may be stored, for example, the information #A is stored in the UE context as a part of the UE subscription information.
应理解,UE的签约信息可以包括该信息#A,UE的签约信息储存在UDM网元中。It should be understood that the subscription information of the UE may include the information #A, and the subscription information of the UE is stored in the UDM network element.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述信息#A为UE预配置的网络选择策略信息(也可称为UE的选网信息)。作为示例而非限定,UE选网信息可包括但不限于以下内容:UE控制的独立部署的非公共网络列表(standalone non-public network,SNPN),以及其中各个网络对应的网络优先级;和/或网络控制的独立部署的非公共网络列表,以及其中各个网络对应的网络优先级;和/或网络控制的网络群组列表,以及其中各个网络群组对应的优先级。In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned information #A is the network selection policy information preconfigured by the UE (also referred to as the network selection information of the UE). As an example and not a limitation, the UE network selection information may include, but is not limited to, the following: a list of independently deployed non-public networks (SNPN) controlled by the UE, and network priorities corresponding to each network therein; and/ or a list of independently deployed non-public networks controlled by a network, and a network priority corresponding to each network therein; and/or a list of network groups controlled by a network, and a priority corresponding to each network group therein.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网元#A为源服务网络对应的RAN(记做S-RAN),该网元#A可以通过从源服务网络核心网的移动管理网元获取UE的选网信息。In a possible implementation manner, network element #A is the RAN (referred to as S-RAN) corresponding to the source serving network, and the network element #A can obtain the UE's selection from the mobility management network element of the core network of the source serving network. web information.
作为示例而非限定,网元#A从源服务网络核心网的移动管理网元获取UE的选网信息的过程可以是:网元#A通过UE上下文初始建立流程获取UE的选网信息,即源服务网络核心网的移动管理网元向网元#A发送UE的选网信息,该UE的选网信息携带在源服务网络核心网的移动管理网元向网元#A发送的初始上下文建立请求(INITIAL CONTEXT SETUP REQUEST)中;或者网元#A通过UE上下文修改流程获取UE的选网信息,即源服务网络核心网的移动管理网元向网元#A发送UE的选网信息,该UE的选网信息携带在源服务网络核心网的移动管理网元向网元#A发送的UE上下文修改请求(UE CONTEXT MODIFICATION REQUEST)中。As an example and not a limitation, the process for network element #A to obtain the UE's network selection information from the mobility management network element of the source serving network core network may be: network element #A obtains the UE's network selection information through the initial UE context establishment process, that is, The mobility management network element of the core network of the source service network sends the network selection information of the UE to the network element #A, and the network selection information of the UE is carried in the initial context establishment sent by the mobility management network element of the core network of the source service network to the network element #A request (INITIAL CONTEXT SETUP REQUEST); or network element #A obtains the UE's network selection information through the UE context modification process, that is, the mobility management network element of the source service network core network sends the UE's network selection information to network element #A, the The network selection information of the UE is carried in the UE context modification request (UE CONTEXT MODIFICATION REQUEST) sent by the mobility management network element of the core network of the source serving network to the network element #A.
可选地,网元#A获取信息#A后,储存该信息#A。Optionally, after acquiring the information #A, the network element #A stores the information #A.
S302,网元#A获取信息#B,该信息#B用于确定服务小区集#B、与该服务小区集#B中每一服务小区对应的服务网络,以及该服务小区集#B中每一服务小区对应的无线信号电平值,其中,该服务小区集#B中每一服务小区的无线信号电平值满足第二预设条件。S302, the network element #A obtains information #B, where the information #B is used to determine the serving cell set #B, the serving network corresponding to each serving cell in the serving cell set #B, and each serving cell in the serving cell set #B A radio signal level value corresponding to a serving cell, wherein the radio signal level value of each serving cell in the serving cell set #B satisfies the second preset condition.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网元#A获取UE的移动性测量上报信息,该UE的移动性测量上报信息中包括该信息#B。In a possible implementation manner, the network element #A acquires the mobility measurement report information of the UE, and the mobility measurement report information of the UE includes the information #B.
需要说明的是,服务网络集#B包括该服务小区集#B中每一服务小区对应的服务网络。It should be noted that the serving network set #B includes a serving network corresponding to each serving cell in the serving cell set #B.
S303,网元#A根据该信息#A、该信息#B以及该网元#A对应的网络配置信息#A确定目标服务网络与该目标服务网络对应的目标服务小区。S303, the network element #A determines the target serving network and the target serving cell corresponding to the target serving network according to the information #A, the information #B and the network configuration information #A corresponding to the network element #A.
需要说明的是,该网络配置信息#A用于指示满足条件#A(即第一预设条件)的服务网络,该条件#A用于用于判定服务网络是否满足该终端设备的切换要求。作为示例而非限定,该条件#A包括但不限于服务网络当前时间段可达和/或服务网络的网络质量满足第三预设条件。It should be noted that the network configuration information #A is used to indicate a serving network that satisfies the condition #A (ie, the first preset condition), and the condition #A is used to determine whether the serving network satisfies the handover requirement of the terminal device. As an example and not a limitation, the condition #A includes, but is not limited to, the serving network is reachable in the current time period and/or the network quality of the serving network satisfies the third preset condition.
可选地,上述第三预设条件可以指预设的参考信号接收功率(reference signal received power,RSRP),或者称为预设的接收参考信号电平值(例如可以为-100dbm),若服务网络的网络质量满足第三预设条件,可认为该服务网络对应的服务小区测量到的接收参考信号电平值大于或者等于预设的接收参考信号电平值。Optionally, the above-mentioned third preset condition may refer to a preset reference signal received power (reference signal received power, RSRP), or a preset received reference signal level value (for example, it may be -100dbm), if the service If the network quality of the network satisfies the third preset condition, it may be considered that the received reference signal level value measured by the serving cell corresponding to the serving network is greater than or equal to the preset received reference signal level value.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网元#A根据该信息#A、该信息#B以及该网元#A对应的网络配置信息#A确定目标服务网络与该目标服务网络对应的目标服务小区的过程可以是:In a possible implementation manner, the network element #A determines the target serving network and the target serving cell corresponding to the target serving network according to the information #A, the information #B and the network configuration information #A corresponding to the network element #A The process can be:
网元#A根据信息#A确定该终端设备可接入的服务网络集#A;The network element #A determines the service network set #A that the terminal device can access according to the information #A;
网元#A根据信息#B确定服务网络集#B,该服务网络集#B中每个服务网络对应的服务小区的信号质量满足第二预设条件;The network element #A determines the serving network set #B according to the information #B, and the signal quality of the serving cell corresponding to each serving network in the serving network set #B satisfies the second preset condition;
网元#A根据网络配置信息#A确定满足上述条件#A(即第一预设条件)的服务网络集#C;The network element #A determines, according to the network configuration information #A, the serving network set #C that satisfies the above-mentioned condition #A (that is, the first preset condition);
网元#A根据上述服务网络集#A、服务网络集#B和服务网络集#C确定服务网络集#D,该服务网络集#D包括服务网络集#A、服务网络集#B和服务网络集#C的交集;The network element #A determines the service network set #D according to the service network set #A, the service network set #B and the service network set #C, the service network set #D includes the service network set #A, the service network set #B and the service network set #D. The intersection of network sets #C;
网元#A根据该信息#A确定该服务网络集#D中每一服务网络的优先级;The network element #A determines the priority of each service network in the service network set #D according to the information #A;
网元#A根据该服务网络集#D中每一服务网络的优先级确定目标服务网络;Network element #A determines the target service network according to the priority of each service network in the service network set #D;
在一种可能的实现方式中,该目标服务网络为服务网络集#D中优先级最高的服务网络;In a possible implementation manner, the target service network is the service network with the highest priority in the service network set #D;
网元#A根据信息#B中服务小区与服务网络之间的对应关系确定该目标服务网络对应的服务小区,将其确定为目标服务小区。The network element #A determines the serving cell corresponding to the target serving network according to the correspondence between the serving cell and the serving network in the information #B, and determines it as the target serving cell.
作为示例而非限定,该服务小区集#B中每个服务网络对应的服务小区的信号质量满足第二预设条件包括:该服务小区集#B中每个服务网络对应的服务小区的信号电平值大于或者等于预设门限值#A。By way of example and not limitation, the signal quality of the serving cell corresponding to each serving network in the serving cell set #B satisfying the second preset condition includes: the signal quality of the serving cell corresponding to each serving network in the serving cell set #B The average value is greater than or equal to the preset threshold value #A.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述信号电平值对应的预设门限值#A可由网元#A设置。In a possible implementation manner, the preset threshold value #A corresponding to the above signal level value may be set by the network element #A.
需要说明的是,当该目标服务网络对应不止一个服务小区时,可根据上述信息#B将信号质量最高的服务小区确定为目标服务小区。It should be noted that when the target serving network corresponds to more than one serving cell, the serving cell with the highest signal quality can be determined as the target serving cell according to the above-mentioned information #B.
还需要说明的是,本申请中并不限定网元#A确定上述服务网络集#A、服务网络集#B和服务网络集#C的顺序,也不限定网元#A根据上述服务网络集#A、服务网络集#B和服务网络集#C确定服务网络集#D的顺序,比如,网元#A可以先确定上述服务网络集#A、服务网络集#B和服务网络集#C中任意两个服务网络集的交集,再确定该交集与其余服务网络集的交集,只要能够确定该服务网络集#D即可,本申请对确定服务网络集#D中的确定方式和确定顺序不作限定。It should also be noted that this application does not limit the order in which network element #A determines the above-mentioned service network set #A, service network set #B, and service network set #C, nor does it limit network element #A according to the above-mentioned service network set. #A, service network set #B and service network set #C determine the order of service network set #D, for example, network element #A can first determine the above-mentioned service network set #A, service network set #B and service network set #C The intersection of any two service network sets in the set, and then determine the intersection of the intersection with the rest of the service network sets, as long as the service network set #D can be determined, this application determines the determination method and order in the determination service network set #D. Not limited.
还需要说明的是,若该服务网络集#D为空集,表示终端设备此次切换至目标服务网络和目标服务小区失败,该终端设备仍选择驻留在源服务网络与源服务小区。It should also be noted that if the serving network set #D is an empty set, it means that the terminal device fails to switch to the target serving network and target serving cell this time, and the terminal device still chooses to camp on the source serving network and the source serving cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网元#A可以根据该信息#B以及该网元#A对应的网络配置信息#A确定目标服务小区,具体过程可以是:In a possible implementation manner, the network element #A may determine the target serving cell according to the information #B and the network configuration information #A corresponding to the network element #A, and the specific process may be:
网元#A根据信息#B确定服务网络集#B,该服务网络集#B中每个服务网络对应的服务小区的信号质量满足第二预设条件;The network element #A determines the serving network set #B according to the information #B, and the signal quality of the serving cell corresponding to each serving network in the serving network set #B satisfies the second preset condition;
网元#A根据网络配置信息#A确定满足上述条件#A的服务网络集#C;The network element #A determines the service network set #C that satisfies the above condition #A according to the network configuration information #A;
网元#A根据上述服务网络集#B和服务网络集#C确定服务网络集#E,该服务网络集#E包括服务网络集#B和服务网络集#C的交集;The network element #A determines the service network set #E according to the above-mentioned service network set #B and the service network set #C, and the service network set #E includes the intersection of the service network set #B and the service network set #C;
若服务网络集#E包括源服务网络,网元#A根据信息#B中服务小区与服务网络之间的对应关系将与源服务网络对应的服务小区确定为目标服务小区,此时该终端设备不需要对服务网络进行切换,仍选择驻留在源服务网络中,只需将该终端设备的源服务小区切换到目标服务小区,上述描述可以理解为,对于入网后的UE第一次进行服务网络和服务小区切换时,该UE的源服务网络的优先级为优先级最高的服务网络。If the serving network set #E includes the source serving network, the network element #A determines the serving cell corresponding to the source serving network as the target serving cell according to the correspondence between the serving cell and the serving network in the information #B. At this time, the terminal device There is no need to switch the serving network, and it still chooses to stay in the source serving network, and only needs to switch the source serving cell of the terminal device to the target serving cell. When the network and the serving cell are switched, the priority of the source serving network of the UE is the serving network with the highest priority.
需要说明的是,当该源服务网络对应不止一个服务小区时,可根据上述信息#B将信号质量最高的服务小区确定为目标服务小区。It should be noted that when the source serving network corresponds to more than one serving cell, the serving cell with the highest signal quality can be determined as the target serving cell according to the above-mentioned information #B.
S304,网元#A向网元#B发送请求信息#a,该请求信息#a用于请求将该终端设备从源服务网络切换到目标服务网络以及将该终端设备从将源服务小区切换到目标服务小区,该请求信息#a还用于指示该目标服务网络与该目标服务小区。S304, network element #A sends request information #a to network element #B, where request information #a is used to request to switch the terminal device from the source serving network to the target serving network and to switch the terminal device from the source serving cell to The target serving cell, the request information #a is also used to indicate the target serving network and the target serving cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网元#A向网元#B发送切换请求(Handover Required)消息(即请求信息#a),该Handover Required消息该请求信息#a用于请求将该终端设备从源服务网络切换到目标服务网络以及将该终端设备从将源服务小区切换到目标服务小区,该Handover Required消息中携带用于指示该目标服务网络和该目标服务小区的指示信息,如目标服务网络和目标服务小区的标识信息。In a possible implementation manner, network element #A sends a handover request (Handover Required) message (ie, request information #a) to network element #B, where the Handover Required message and the request information #a are used to request the terminal device Handover from the source serving network to the target serving network and handover of the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target serving cell, the Handover Required message carries the indication information used to indicate the target serving network and the target serving cell, such as the target service Identification information of the network and the target serving cell.
S305,网元#B根据网元#B对应的网络配置信息#B判断该目标服务网络是否满足条件#A。S305, the network element #B judges whether the target service network satisfies the condition #A according to the network configuration information #B corresponding to the network element #B.
可选地,网元#B还可以根据网元#B对应的网络配置信息#B判断信息#A指示的服务网络集#A中的每个服务网络是否满足条件#A。Optionally, the network element #B can also judge whether each service network in the service network set #A indicated by the information #A satisfies the condition #A according to the network configuration information #B corresponding to the network element #B.
可选地,若网元#B根据网元#B对应的网络配置信息#B判断该目标服务网络不满足条件#A,可执行下面步骤S306至步骤S307。Optionally, if the network element #B determines that the target service network does not satisfy the condition #A according to the network configuration information #B corresponding to the network element #B, the following steps S306 to S307 can be performed.
S306,网元#B向网元#A发送响应信息#a,该响应信息#a用于拒绝该终端设备从源服务网络切换到目标服务网络以及该终端设备从源服务小区切换到目标服务小区的请求。S306, the network element #B sends response information #a to the network element #A, where the response information #a is used to reject the handover of the terminal device from the source serving network to the target serving network and the handover of the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target serving cell request.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网元#B向网元#A发送切换准备失败(HANDOVER PREPARATION FAILURE)消息,该HANDOVER PREPARATION FAILURE消息用于拒绝该终端设备从源服务网络切换到目标服务网络以及该终端设备从源服务小区切换到目标服务小区的请求。In a possible implementation manner, network element #B sends a handover preparation failure (HANDOVER PREPARATION FAILURE) message to network element #A, where the HANDOVER PREPARATION FAILURE message is used to reject the terminal device from switching from the source service network to the target service network and A request for the terminal device to handover from the source serving cell to the target serving cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该响应消信息#a包括拒绝上述切换请求的指示信息以及拒绝的原因。In a possible implementation manner, the response message #a includes indication information for rejecting the above handover request and a reason for rejection.
作为示例而非限定,拒绝原因可以为目标服务网在当前时间段正在进行拥塞控制和/或目标网络在当前时间段不可达。By way of example and not limitation, the reason for rejection may be that the target serving network is performing congestion control in the current time period and/or the target network is unreachable in the current time period.
可选地,网元#B可以根据网络配置信息#B与信息#A确定的该终端设备可接入的第一候选服务网络集,该第一候选服务网络集中每个服务网络都满足该条件#A,上述响应信息#a还可以包括该第一候选服务网络集。Optionally, network element #B may determine the first candidate service network set accessible to the terminal device according to network configuration information #B and information #A, and each service network in the first candidate service network set satisfies this condition. #A, the above-mentioned response information #a may also include the first candidate service network set.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述第一候选服务网络集包括网元#B根据网络配置信息#B判断的服务网络集#A中满足条件#A的全部或者部分服务网络。In a possible implementation manner, the first candidate service network set includes all or part of the service networks that satisfy the condition #A in the service network set #A determined by the network element #B according to the network configuration information #B.
S307,网元#A根据响应信息#a更新网络配置信息#A,也即,网元#A根据响应信息#a更新网络配置信息#A指示的满足条件#A的上述服务网络集#C。S307, the network element #A updates the network configuration information #A according to the response information #a, that is, the network element #A updates the service network set #C indicated by the network configuration information #A and satisfying the condition #A according to the response information #a.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网元#A根据响应信息#a中拒绝上述切换请求的指示信息将该目标服务网络确定为不满足条件#A的服务网络,据此网元#A更新网络配置信息#A指示的满足条件#A的上述服务网络集#C。In a possible implementation manner, network element #A determines the target service network as a service network that does not satisfy condition #A according to the indication information in response information #a that rejects the above handover request, and network element #A updates the network accordingly. The above-mentioned service network set #C that satisfies the condition #A indicated by the configuration information #A.
可选地,响应信息#a中的拒绝原因包括该目标服务网络不可达的时间信息,网元#A根据该目标服务网络不可达的时间信息启动并设置定时器,在定时器到时之前或者网元#B通知该目标网络可达之前,网元#A停止向属于不可达的该目标服务网络的全部小区发送或转发有关切换的信息。Optionally, the rejection reason in the response information #a includes the time information that the target service network is unreachable, and the network element #A starts and sets a timer according to the time information that the target service network is unreachable, before the timer expires or Before network element #B notifies that the target network is reachable, network element #A stops sending or forwarding information about handover to all cells belonging to the unreachable target serving network.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述响应信息#a还包括网元#B确定的该第一候选服务网络集,网元#A根据该第一候选服务网络集确定当前时间段内服务网络集#A中满足条件#A的服务网络,下一次该终端设备需要进行服务网络和服务小区切换时,可从该第一候选服务网络中确定目标服务网络,以提高该终端设备切换服务网络和服务小区的效率和成功率。In a possible implementation manner, the response information #a further includes the first candidate service network set determined by network element #B, and network element #A determines the service network set within the current time period according to the first candidate service network set For the service network in #A that satisfies the condition #A, the next time the terminal device needs to switch between the service network and the serving cell, the target service network can be determined from the first candidate service network, so as to improve the switching service network and service network for the terminal device. Efficiency and success rate of the cell.
若网元#B根据网元#B对应的网络配置信息#B判断该目标服务网络满足条件#A,可执行步骤S308至步骤309。If the network element #B determines that the target service network satisfies the condition #A according to the network configuration information #B corresponding to the network element #B, steps S308 to 309 can be executed.
S308,网元#B向网元#C发送请求信息#b,该请求信息#b用于请求将该终端设备从源服务网络切换到目标服务网络以及将该终端设备从源服务小区切换到目标服务小区,该请求信息#b还用于指示该目标服务网络和该目标服务小区。S308, network element #B sends request information #b to network element #C, where request information #b is used to request to switch the terminal device from the source serving network to the target serving network and to switch the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target serving cell, the request information #b is also used to indicate the target serving network and the target serving cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网元#B向网元#C发送UE上下文建立请求(Namf_Com munication_CreateUEContext Request)消息(即请求信息#b),该Namf_Communication_CreateUEContext Request消息用于请求将该终端设备从源服务网络切换到目标服务网络以及将该终端设备从源服务小区切换到目标服务小区,以及用于指示该目标服务网络和该目标服务小区。In a possible implementation manner, network element #B sends a UE context establishment request (Namf_Communication_CreateUEContext Request) message (namely request information #b) to network element #C, and the Namf_Communication_CreateUEContext Request message is used to request that the terminal device be Handover of the serving network to the target serving network and handover of the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target serving cell, and for indicating the target serving network and the target serving cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该请求信息#b包括上述信息#A以及用于指示该目标服务网络和该目标服务小区的指示信息。In a possible implementation manner, the request information #b includes the above-mentioned information #A and indication information for indicating the target serving network and the target serving cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该请求信息#b中包括上述请求信息#a,以及上述信息#A, 网元#B可以直接将上述请求信息#a以及上述信息#A转发给网元#C。In a possible implementation manner, the request information #b includes the above-mentioned request information #a and the above-mentioned information #A, and the network element #B can directly forward the above-mentioned request information #a and the above-mentioned information #A to the network element # C.
可选地,网元#C获取上述信息#A后,储存该信息#A。Optionally, after acquiring the above-mentioned information #A, the network element #C stores the information #A.
需要说明的是,上述网元#C由网元#B根据请求信息#a确定,该网元#C与该目标服务网络相对应,示例性的,上述网元#C由网元#B根据请求信息#a中携带的用于指示该目标服务网络和该目标服务小区的指示信息(例如目标服务网络的身份标识(TARGET ID))确定。It should be noted that the above network element #C is determined by the network element #B according to the request information #a, and the network element #C corresponds to the target service network. Exemplarily, the above network element #C is determined by the network element #B according to the request information #a. The indication information (for example, the identity identifier (TARGET ID) of the target serving network) carried in the request information #a and used to indicate the target serving network and the target serving cell is determined.
S309,网元#C根据网元#C对应的网络配置信息#C判断该目标服务网络是否满足条件#A。S309, the network element #C judges whether the target service network satisfies the condition #A according to the network configuration information #C corresponding to the network element #C.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述条件#A包括该目标服务网络的网络质量满足要求和/或该目标服务网络在当前时间段内可达。In a possible implementation manner, the above condition #A includes that the network quality of the target service network meets the requirements and/or the target service network is reachable within the current time period.
可选地,网元#C还可以根据网元#C对应的网络配置信息#C判断信息#A中的服务网络集#A中的每个服务网络是否满足条件#A。Optionally, the network element #C may also judge whether each service network in the service network set #A in the information #A satisfies the condition #A according to the network configuration information #C corresponding to the network element #C.
可选地,若网元#C根据网元#C对应的网络配置信息#C判断该目标服务网络不满足条件#A,可执行下面步骤S111至步骤S114。Optionally, if the network element #C determines that the target service network does not satisfy the condition #A according to the network configuration information #C corresponding to the network element #C, the following steps S111 to S114 can be performed.
S310,网元#C向网元#B发送响应信息#b1,该响应信息#b1用于拒绝将该终端设备从源服务网络切换到目标服务网络以及将该终端设备从源服务小区切换到目标服务小区的请求。S310, the network element #C sends response information #b1 to the network element #B, where the response information #b1 is used for rejecting the handover of the terminal device from the source serving network to the target serving network and the handover of the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target Serving cell request.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网元#C向网元#B发送UE上下文建立响应(Namf_Com munication_CreateUEContext Response)消息(响应信息#b1),该Namf_Communication_CreateUEContext Response消息用于拒绝将该终端设备从源服务网络切换到目标服务网络以及将该终端设备从源服务小区切换到目标服务小区的请求。In a possible implementation manner, network element #C sends a UE context establishment response (Namf_Communication_CreateUEContext Response) message (response information #b1) to network element #B, and the Namf_Communication_CreateUEContext Response message is used to reject the terminal device from the source service A network handover to a target serving network and a request to handover the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target serving cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该响应信息#b1包括拒绝上述切换请求的指示信息以及拒绝的原因。In a possible implementation manner, the response information #b1 includes indication information for rejecting the above handover request and a reason for rejection.
作为示例而非限定,拒绝原因可以为目标服务网在当前时间段正在进行拥塞控制和/或目标网络在当前时间段不可达。By way of example and not limitation, the reason for rejection may be that the target serving network is performing congestion control in the current time period and/or the target network is unreachable in the current time period.
可选地,网元#C可以根据网络配置信息#C与信息#A确定的该终端设备可接入的第二候选服务网络集,该第二候选服务网络集中每个服务网络都满足该条件#A,上述响应信息#b1还可以包括该第二候选服务网络集。Optionally, network element #C may determine a second candidate service network set accessible to the terminal device according to network configuration information #C and information #A, and each service network in the second candidate service network set satisfies this condition. #A, the above-mentioned response information #b1 may also include the second candidate service network set.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述第二候选服务网络集包括网元#C根据网络配置信息#C判断的服务网络集#A中满足条件#A的全部或者部分服务网络。In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned second candidate service network set includes all or part of the service networks that satisfy the condition #A in the service network set #A determined by the network element #C according to the network configuration information #C.
S311,网元#B根据响应信息#b1更新网络配置信息#B,也即,网元#B根据响应信息#b1更新网络配置信息#B指示的满足条件#A的服务网络集。S311, the network element #B updates the network configuration information #B according to the response information #b1, that is, the network element #B updates the service network set that satisfies the condition #A indicated by the network configuration information #B according to the response information #b1.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网元#B根据响应信息#b1中拒绝上述切换请求的指示信息将该目标服务网络确定为不满足条件#A的服务网络,据此网元#B更新当前时间段内满足条件#A的服务网络集。In a possible implementation manner, network element #B determines the target service network as a service network that does not satisfy condition #A according to the indication information of rejecting the above handover request in response information #b1, and network element #B updates the current The set of service networks that satisfy condition #A during the time period.
可选地,响应信息#b1中的拒绝原因包括该目标服务网络不可达的时间信息,网元#B根据该目标服务网络不可达的时间信息启动并设置定时器,在定时器到时之前或者网元#C通知该目标网络可达之前,网元#B停止向属于不可达的该目标服务网络的全部小区发送或转发有关切换的信息。Optionally, the rejection reason in the response information #b1 includes the time information that the target service network is unreachable, and the network element #B starts and sets a timer according to the time information that the target service network is unreachable, before the timer expires or Before the network element #C notifies that the target network is reachable, the network element #B stops sending or forwarding information about handover to all cells belonging to the target serving network that are not reachable.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述响应信息#b1还包括网元#C确定的该第二候选服务网络集,网元#A可以通过该网元#B获取该第二候选服务网络集,网元#A可以根据该第二候选服务网络集确定当前时间段内服务网络集#A中满足条件#A的服务网络,下一次该终端设备需要进行服务网络和服务小区切换时,可从该第二候选服务网络中确定目标服务网络,以提高该终端设备切换服务网络和服务小区的效率和成功率。In a possible implementation manner, the response information #b1 further includes the second candidate service network set determined by the network element #C, and the network element #A can obtain the second candidate service network set through the network element #B, The network element #A can determine, according to the second candidate serving network set, the serving network in the serving network set #A that satisfies the condition #A in the current time period. A target serving network is determined in the second candidate serving network, so as to improve the efficiency and success rate of switching between the serving network and the serving cell by the terminal device.
S312,网元#B向网元#A发送响应信息#b2,该响应信息#b2用于拒绝将该终端设备从源服务网络切换到目标服务网络以及将该终端设备从源服务小区切换到目标服务小区的请求。S312, the network element #B sends the response information #b2 to the network element #A, where the response information #b2 is used to reject the handover of the terminal device from the source serving network to the target serving network and the handover of the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target Serving cell request.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网元#B向网元#A发送切换准备失败(HANDOVER PRE PARATION FAILURE)消息,该HANDOVER PREPARATION FAILURE消息用于拒绝将该终端设备从源服务网络切换到目标服务网络以及将该终端设备从源服务小区切换到目标服务小区的请求。In a possible implementation manner, network element #B sends a handover preparation failure (HANDOVER PRE PARATION FAILURE) message to network element #A, where the HANDOVER PREPARATION FAILURE message is used to refuse to hand over the terminal device from the source service network to the target service The network and a request for handover of the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target serving cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该响应信息#b2包括拒绝上述切换请求的指示信息以及拒绝的原因。In a possible implementation manner, the response information #b2 includes indication information for rejecting the above handover request and the reason for rejection.
作为示例而非限定,拒绝原因可以为目标服务网在当前时间段正在进行拥塞控制和/或目标网络在当前时间段不可达。By way of example and not limitation, the reason for rejection may be that the target serving network is performing congestion control in the current time period and/or the target network is unreachable in the current time period.
可选地,网元#C可以根据网络配置信息#C与信息#A确定的第二候选服务网络集,上述响应信息#b2还可以包括该第二候选服务网络集。Optionally, the network element #C may determine the second candidate service network set according to the network configuration information #C and the information #A, and the response information #b2 may further include the second candidate service network set.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述第二候选服务网络集包括网元#C根据网络配置信息#C判断的服务网络集#A中满足条件#A的全部或者部分服务网络。In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned second candidate service network set includes all or part of the service networks that satisfy the condition #A in the service network set #A determined by the network element #C according to the network configuration information #C.
S313,网元#A根据响应信息#b2更新网络配置信息#A,也即,网元#A根据响应信息#b2更新网络配置信息#A指示的满足条件#A的服务网络集#C。S313, the network element #A updates the network configuration information #A according to the response information #b2, that is, the network element #A updates the service network set #C that satisfies the condition #A indicated by the network configuration information #A according to the response information #b2.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网元#A根据响应信息#b2中拒绝上述切换请求的指示信息将该目标服务网络确定为不满足条件#A的服务网络,据此网元#A更新当前时间段内满足条件#A的服务网络集。In a possible implementation manner, network element #A determines the target service network as a service network that does not meet condition #A according to the indication information in response information #b2 that rejects the above handover request, and network element #A updates the current The set of service networks that satisfy condition #A during the time period.
可选地,响应信息#b2中的拒绝原因包括该目标服务网络不可达的时间信息,网元#A根据该目标服务网络不可达的时间信息启动并设置定时器,在定时器到时之前或者网元#B通知该目标网络可达之前,网元#A停止向属于不可达的该目标服务网络的全部小区发送或转发有关切换的信息。Optionally, the rejection reason in response information #b2 includes time information that the target service network is unreachable, and network element #A starts and sets a timer according to the time information that the target service network is unreachable, before the timer expires or Before network element #B notifies that the target network is reachable, network element #A stops sending or forwarding information about handover to all cells belonging to the unreachable target serving network.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述响应信息#b2还包括网元#C确定的该第二候选服务网络集,网元#A可以根据该第二候选服务网络集确定当前时间段内服务网络集#A中满足条件#A的服务网络,下一次该终端设备需要进行服务网络和服务小区切换时,可从该第二候选服务网络中确定目标服务网络,以提高该终端设备切换服务网络和服务小区的效率和成功率。In a possible implementation manner, the response information #b2 further includes the second candidate service network set determined by the network element #C, and the network element #A may determine the service network within the current time period according to the second candidate service network set The service network that satisfies the condition #A in the set #A, when the terminal equipment needs to switch between the service network and the serving cell next time, the target service network can be determined from the second candidate service network, so as to improve the switching service network and the service network of the terminal equipment. Efficiency and success rate of serving cells.
若网元#C根据网元#C对应的网络配置信息#C判断该目标服务网络满足条件#A,可执行下面步骤S115至步骤S116。If the network element #C determines that the target service network satisfies the condition #A according to the network configuration information #C corresponding to the network element #C, the following steps S115 to S116 can be performed.
S314,网元#C向网元#D发送请求信息#c,该请求信息#c用于请求将该终端设备从源服务网络切换到目标服务网络以及将该终端设备从源服务小区切换到目标服务小区,该请求信息#c还用于指示该目标服务网络和该目标服务小区。S314, network element #C sends request information #c to network element #D, where request information #c is used to request to switch the terminal device from the source serving network to the target serving network and to switch the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target The serving cell, the request information #c is also used to indicate the target serving network and the target serving cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网元#C向网元#D发送Handover Request消息(即请求信息#c),该Handover Request消息用于请求将该终端设备从源服务网络切换到目标服务网络以及将该终端设备从源服务小区切换到目标服务小区,以及用于指示该目标服务网络和该目标服务小区。In a possible implementation manner, network element #C sends a Handover Request message (that is, request information #c) to network element #D, where the Handover Request message is used to request that the terminal device be switched from the source service network to the target service network and handover the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target serving cell, and for indicating the target serving network and the target serving cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该请求信息#c包括上述信息#A以及用于指示该目标服务网络和该目标服务小区的指示信息。In a possible implementation manner, the request information #c includes the above-mentioned information #A and indication information for indicating the target serving network and the target serving cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该请求信息#c中包括上述请求信息#a,以及上述信息#A,网元#C可以直接将上述请求信息#a以及上述信息#A转发给网元#D。In a possible implementation manner, the request information #c includes the above-mentioned request information #a and the above-mentioned information #A, and the network element #C can directly forward the above-mentioned request information #a and the above-mentioned information #A to the network element# D.
可选地,网元#D获取上述信息#A后,储存该信息#A。Optionally, after acquiring the above-mentioned information #A, the network element #D stores the information #A.
S315,网元#D根据网元#D对应的网络配置信息#D判断该目标服务网络是否满足条件#A。S315, the network element #D determines whether the target service network satisfies the condition #A according to the network configuration information #D corresponding to the network element #D.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述条件#A包括该目标服务网络的网络质量满足要求和/或该目标服务网络在当前时间段内可达。In a possible implementation manner, the above condition #A includes that the network quality of the target service network meets the requirements and/or the target service network is reachable within the current time period.
可选地,网元#D还可以根据网元#D对应的网络配置信息#D判断信息#A中的服务网络集#A中的每个服务网络是否满足条件#A。Optionally, the network element #D may further judge whether each service network in the service network set #A in the information #A satisfies the condition #A according to the network configuration information #D corresponding to the network element #D.
可选地,若网元#D根据网元#D对应的网络配置信息#D判断该目标服务网络不满足条件#A,可执行下面步骤S216至步骤S221。Optionally, if the network element #D determines that the target service network does not meet the condition #A according to the network configuration information #D corresponding to the network element #D, the following steps S216 to S221 can be performed.
S316,网元#D向网元#C发送响应信息#c1,该响应信息#c1用于拒绝将该终端设备从源服务网络切换到目标服务网络以及将该终端设备从源服务小区切换到目标服务小区的请求。S316, the network element #D sends the response information #c1 to the network element #C, where the response information #c1 is used to reject the handover of the terminal device from the source serving network to the target serving network and the handover of the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target Serving cell request.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网元#D向网元#C发送切换请求确认(Handover Request Acknowledge)消息(即响应信息#c1),该Handover Request Acknowledge消息用于拒绝将该终端设备从源服务网络切换到目标服务网络以及将该终端设备从源服务小区切换到目标服务小区的请求。In a possible implementation manner, network element #D sends a Handover Request Acknowledge message (ie, response information #c1) to network element #C, and the Handover Request Acknowledge message is used to reject the terminal device from the source A request for handover of the serving network to the target serving network and handover of the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target serving cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该响应信息#c1包括拒绝上述切换请求的指示信息以及拒绝的原因。In a possible implementation manner, the response information #c1 includes indication information for rejecting the above handover request and a reason for rejection.
作为示例而非限定,拒绝原因可以为目标服务网在当前时间段正在进行拥塞控制和/或目标网络在当前时间段不可达。By way of example and not limitation, the reason for rejection may be that the target serving network is performing congestion control in the current time period and/or the target network is unreachable in the current time period.
可选地,网元#D可以根据网络配置信息#D与信息#A确定的该终端设备可接入的第三候选服务网络集,该第三候选服务网络集中每个服务网络都满足该条件#A,上述响应信息#c1还可以包括该第三候选服务网络集。Optionally, network element #D may determine a third candidate service network set accessible to the terminal device according to network configuration information #D and information #A, and each service network in the third candidate service network set satisfies this condition. #A, the above-mentioned response information #c1 may also include the third candidate service network set.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述第三候选服务网络集包括网元#D根据网络配置信息#D判断的服务网络集#A中满足条件#A的全部或者部分服务网络。In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned third candidate service network set includes all or part of the service networks that satisfy the condition #A in the service network set #A determined by the network element #D according to the network configuration information #D.
S317,网元#C根据响应信息#c1更新网络配置信息#C,也即,网元#C根据响应信息#c1更新网络配置信息#C指示的满足条件#A的服务网络集。S317, the network element #C updates the network configuration information #C according to the response information #c1, that is, the network element #C updates the service network set that satisfies the condition #A indicated by the network configuration information #C according to the response information #c1.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网元#C根据响应信息#c1中拒绝上述切换请求的指示信息将该目标服务网络确定为不满足条件#A的服务网络,据此网元#C更新当前时间段内满足条件#A的服务网络集。In a possible implementation manner, network element #C determines the target service network as a service network that does not meet condition #A according to the indication information in response information #c1 that rejects the above handover request, and network element #C updates the current The set of service networks that satisfy condition #A during the time period.
可选地,响应信息#c1包括的拒绝原因中包括该目标服务网络不可达的时间信息,网 元#C根据该目标服务网络不可达的时间信息启动并设置定时器,在定时器到时之前或者网元#D通知该目标网络可达之前,网元#C停止向属于不可达的该目标服务网络的全部小区发送或转发有关切换的信息。Optionally, the rejection reason included in the response information #c1 includes the time information that the target service network is unreachable, and the network element #C starts and sets a timer according to the time information that the target service network is unreachable, before the timer expires. Or, before the network element #D notifies that the target network is reachable, the network element #C stops sending or forwarding information about handover to all cells belonging to the target serving network that are not reachable.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述响应信息#c1还包括网元#D确定的该第三候选服务网络集,网元#A可以通过网元#C和网元#B获取该第三候选服务网络集,网元#A可以根据该第三候选服务网络集确定当前时间段内服务网络集#A中满足条件#A的服务网络,下一次该终端设备需要进行服务网络和服务小区切换时,可从该第三候选服务网络中确定目标服务网络,以提高该终端设备切换服务网络和服务小区的效率和成功率。In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned response information #c1 further includes the third candidate service network set determined by network element #D, and network element #A can obtain the third candidate service network set through network element #C and network element #B Serving network set, network element #A can determine, according to the third candidate serving network set, the serving network that satisfies condition #A in serving network set #A in the current time period, and the next time the terminal device needs to switch between serving network and serving cell , the target serving network can be determined from the third candidate serving network, so as to improve the efficiency and success rate of the terminal device switching between the serving network and the serving cell.
S318,网元#C向网元#B发送响应信息#c2,该响应信息#c2用于拒绝将该终端设备从源服务网络切换到目标服务网络以及将该终端设备从源服务小区切换到目标服务小区的请求。S318, the network element #C sends the response information #c2 to the network element #B, where the response information #c2 is used to reject the handover of the terminal device from the source serving network to the target serving network and the handover of the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target Serving cell request.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网元#C向网元#B发送UE上下文建立响应(Namf_Com munication_CreateUEContext Response)消息(响应信息#c2),该Namf_Communication_CreateUEContext Response消息用于拒绝将该终端设备从源服务网络切换到目标服务网络以及将该终端设备从源服务小区切换到目标服务小区的请求。In a possible implementation manner, network element #C sends a UE context establishment response (Namf_Communication_CreateUEContext Response) message (response information #c2) to network element #B, and the Namf_Communication_CreateUEContext Response message is used to reject the terminal device from the source service A network handover to a target serving network and a request to handover the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target serving cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该响应信息#c2包括拒绝上述切换请求的指示信息以及拒绝的原因。In a possible implementation manner, the response information #c2 includes indication information for rejecting the above handover request and a reason for rejection.
作为示例而非限定,拒绝原因可以为目标服务网在当前时间段正在进行拥塞控制和/或目标网络在当前时间段不可达。By way of example and not limitation, the reason for rejection may be that the target serving network is performing congestion control in the current time period and/or the target network is unreachable in the current time period.
可选地,网元#D可以根据网络配置信息#D与信息#A确定的第三候选服务网络集,上述响应信息#c2还可以包括该第三候选服务网络集。Optionally, the network element #D may determine the third candidate service network set according to the network configuration information #D and the information #A, and the above-mentioned response information #c2 may further include the third candidate service network set.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述第三候选服务网络集包括网元#D根据网络配置信息#D判断的服务网络集#A中满足条件#A的全部或者部分服务网络。In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned third candidate service network set includes all or part of the service networks that satisfy the condition #A in the service network set #A determined by the network element #D according to the network configuration information #D.
S319,网元#B根据响应信息#c2更新网络配置信息#B,也即,网元#B根据响应信息#c2更新网络配置信息#B指示的满足条件#A的服务网络集。S319, the network element #B updates the network configuration information #B according to the response information #c2, that is, the network element #B updates the service network set that satisfies the condition #A indicated by the network configuration information #B according to the response information #c2.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网元#B根据响应信息#c2中拒绝上述切换请求的指示信息将该目标服务网络确定为不满足条件#A的服务网络,据此网元#B更新当前时间段内满足条件#A的服务网络集。In a possible implementation manner, network element #B determines the target service network as a service network that does not satisfy condition #A according to the indication information of rejecting the above handover request in response information #c2, and network element #B updates the current The set of service networks that satisfy condition #A during the time period.
可选地,响应信息#c2包括的拒绝原因中包括该目标服务网络不可达的时间信息,网元#B根据该目标服务网络不可达的时间信息启动并设置定时器,在定时器到时之前或者网元#C通知该目标网络可达之前,网元#B停止向属于不可达的该目标服务网络的全部小区发送或转发有关切换的信息。Optionally, the rejection reason included in the response information #c2 includes the time information that the target service network is unreachable, and the network element #B starts and sets a timer according to the time information that the target service network is unreachable, before the timer expires. Or, before the network element #C notifies that the target network is reachable, the network element #B stops sending or forwarding information about handover to all cells belonging to the target serving network that are not reachable.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述响应信息#c2还包括网元#D确定的该第三候选服务网络集,网元#A可以通过该网元#B获取该第三候选服务网络集,网元#A可以根据该第三候选服务网络集确定当前时间段内服务网络集#A中满足条件#A的服务网络,下一次该终端设备需要进行服务网络和服务小区切换时,可从该第三候选服务网络中确定目标服务网络,以提高该终端设备切换服务网络和服务小区的效率和成功率。In a possible implementation manner, the response information #c2 further includes the third candidate service network set determined by the network element #D, and the network element #A can obtain the third candidate service network set through the network element #B, The network element #A can determine, according to the third candidate serving network set, the serving network in the serving network set #A that satisfies the condition #A in the current time period. A target serving network is determined in the third candidate serving network, so as to improve the efficiency and success rate of switching between the serving network and the serving cell by the terminal device.
S320,网元#B向网元#A发送响应信息#c3,该响应信息#c3用于拒绝将该终端设备从源服务网络切换到目标服务网络以及将该终端设备从源服务小区切换到目标服务小区的 请求。S320, the network element #B sends the response information #c3 to the network element #A, where the response information #c3 is used to reject the handover of the terminal device from the source serving network to the target serving network and the handover of the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target Serving cell request.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网元#B向网元#A发送HANDOVER PREPARATION FA ILURE消息,该HANDOVER PREPARATION FAILURE消息用于拒绝将该终端设备从源服务网络切换到目标服务网络以及将该终端设备从源服务小区切换到目标服务小区的请求。In a possible implementation manner, network element #B sends a HANDOVER PREPARATION FAILURE message to network element #A, where the HANDOVER PREPARATION FAILURE message is used to refuse to switch the terminal device from the source service network to the target service network and the terminal device A request for a device to handover from a source serving cell to a target serving cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该响应信息#c3包括拒绝上述切换请求的指示信息以及拒绝的原因。In a possible implementation manner, the response information #c3 includes indication information for rejecting the above handover request and the reason for rejection.
作为示例而非限定,拒绝原因可以为目标服务网在当前时间段正在进行拥塞控制和/或目标网络在当前时间段不可达。By way of example and not limitation, the reason for rejection may be that the target serving network is performing congestion control in the current time period and/or the target network is unreachable in the current time period.
可选地,网元#D可以根据网络配置信息#D与信息#A确定的第三候选服务网络集,上述响应信息#c3还可以包括该第三候选服务网络集。Optionally, the network element #D may determine the third candidate service network set according to the network configuration information #D and the information #A, and the above-mentioned response information #c3 may further include the third candidate service network set.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述第三候选服务网络集包括网元#D根据网络配置信息#D判断的服务网络集#A中满足条件#A的全部或者部分服务网络。In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned third candidate service network set includes all or part of the service networks that satisfy the condition #A in the service network set #A determined by the network element #D according to the network configuration information #D.
S321,网元#A根据响应信息#c3更新网络配置信息#A,也即,网元#A根据响应信息#c3更新网络配置信息#A指示的满足条件#A的服务网络集#C。S321, the network element #A updates the network configuration information #A according to the response information #c3, that is, the network element #A updates the service network set #C that satisfies the condition #A indicated by the network configuration information #A according to the response information #c3.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网元#A根据响应信息#c3中拒绝上述切换请求的指示信息将该目标服务网络确定为不满足条件#A的服务网络,据此网元#A更新当前时间段内满足条件#A的服务网络集。In a possible implementation manner, network element #A determines the target service network as a service network that does not meet condition #A according to the indication information in response information #c3 for rejecting the above handover request, and network element #A updates the current The set of service networks that satisfy condition #A during the time period.
可选地,响应信息#c3中的拒绝原因包括该目标服务网络不可达的时间信息,网元#A根据该目标服务网络不可达的时间信息启动并设置定时器,在定时器到时之前或者网元#B通知该目标网络可达之前,网元#A停止向属于不可达的该目标服务网络的全部小区发送或转发有关切换的信息。Optionally, the rejection reason in the response information #c3 includes the time information that the target service network is unreachable, and the network element #A starts and sets a timer according to the time information that the target service network is unreachable, before the timer expires or Before network element #B notifies that the target network is reachable, network element #A stops sending or forwarding information about handover to all cells belonging to the unreachable target serving network.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述响应信息#c3还包括网元#D确定的该第三候选服务网络集,网元#A可以根据该第三候选服务网络集确定当前时间段内服务网络集#A中满足条件#A的服务网络,下一次该终端设备需要进行服务网络和服务小区切换时,可从该第三候选服务网络中确定目标服务网络,以提高该终端设备切换服务网络和服务小区的效率和成功率。In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned response information #c3 further includes the third candidate service network set determined by network element #D, and network element #A may determine the service network within the current time period according to the third candidate service network set The service network that satisfies condition #A in the set #A, when the terminal equipment needs to switch between the service network and the serving cell next time, the target service network can be determined from the third candidate service network, so as to improve the switching service network and the terminal equipment. Efficiency and success rate of serving cells.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述响应信息#c3还包括网元#D确定的该第三候选服务网络集,网元#A根据该第三候选服务网络集更新当前时间段内满足条件#A的服务网络集。In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned response information #c3 further includes the third candidate service network set determined by network element #D, and network element #A updates the current time period according to the third candidate service network set to satisfy the condition# A's service network set.
若网元#D根据网元#D对应的网络配置信息#D判断该目标服务网络满足条件#A,可执行下面步骤S222至步骤S224。If the network element #D determines that the target service network satisfies the condition #A according to the network configuration information #D corresponding to the network element #D, the following steps S222 to S224 can be executed.
S322,网元#D向网元#C发送响应信息#c4,该响应信息#c4用于接受将该终端设备从源服务网络切换到目标服务网络以及将该终端设备从源服务小区切换到目标服务小区的请求。S322, the network element #D sends response information #c4 to the network element #C, where the response information #c4 is used to accept the handover of the terminal device from the source serving network to the target serving network and the handover of the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target Serving cell request.
S323,网元#C向网元#B发送响应信息#c5,该响应信息#c5用于接受将该终端设备从源服务网络切换到目标服务网络以及将该终端设备从源服务小区切换到目标服务小区的请求。S323, the network element #C sends the response information #c5 to the network element #B, where the response information #c5 is used to accept the handover of the terminal device from the source serving network to the target serving network and the handover of the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target Serving cell request.
S324,将该终端设备从源服务网络切换至目标服务网络,将该终端设备从源服务小区切换至目标服务小区。S324, switch the terminal device from the source serving network to the target serving network, and switch the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target serving cell.
需要说明的是,当确定了目标服务网络以及目标服务小区,并且目标服务网络侧的网元#D接受该切换请求后,即可进入切换执行流程,将源服务网络切换至目标服务网络,将源服务小区切换至目标服务小区,此处的切换执行流程可参考现有技术中相应的切换执行流程,示例性的,可以参考3GPP标准中TS 23.502的4.9.1.3.3章节所述的切换执行流程,本申请在此不作过多赘述。It should be noted that when the target serving network and the target serving cell are determined, and the network element #D on the target serving network side accepts the handover request, the handover execution flow can be entered, the source serving network is handed over to the target serving network, and The source serving cell is switched to the target serving cell. For the handover execution flow here, refer to the corresponding handover execution flow in the prior art. For example, refer to the handover execution described in Section 4.9.1.3.3 of TS 23.502 in the 3GPP standard. The process is not repeated in this application.
在上述网络切换方法300中,当UE需要进行移动性服务网络和服务小区切换时,源服务网络可根据信息#A与信息#B为UE优选目标切换网络与目标切换小区。具体而言,源服务网络侧的网元#A获取信息#A与信息#B后,网元#A基于信息#A与信息#B确定目标服务网络与目标服务小区,网元#A再发起切换请求,源服务网络侧的网元#B、目标服务网络侧的网元#C和网元#D会基于各自相关网络配置信息决策是否接收该切换请求,并将最终结果通知源服务网络侧的网元#A或者源服务小区,若源服务网络侧的网元#B、目标服务网络侧的网元#C和网元#D基于各自相关网络配置信息均接受了此次切换请求,即可执行切换流程,将源服务网络切换至目标服务网络,将源服务小区切换至目标服务小区。In the above-mentioned network handover method 300, when the UE needs to perform handover between the mobility service network and the serving cell, the source serving network can select the target handover network and the target handover cell for the UE according to information #A and information #B. Specifically, after the network element #A on the source serving network side obtains the information #A and the information #B, the network element #A determines the target serving network and the target serving cell based on the information #A and the information #B, and the network element #A initiates the For a handover request, NE #B on the source serving network side, NE #C and NE #D on the target serving network side will decide whether to accept the handover request based on their respective network configuration information, and notify the source serving network side of the final result. NE #A or the source serving cell, if NE #B on the source serving network side, NE #C and NE #D on the target serving network side accept the handover request based on their respective network configuration information, that is, A handover procedure can be performed to switch the source serving network to the target serving network and the source serving cell to the target serving cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,源服务网络侧的网元#A获取信息#A的方式可以从源服务网络侧的网元#B获取,作为示例而非限定,网元#B为源服务网络核心网侧的移动性管理网元,网元#A为源服务网络侧的RAN,网元#B可以先依据UE的标准注册流程从UDM中获取信息#A,网元#A再基于现有技术中的UE上下文初始建立流程以及UE上下文修改流程获取并更新该信息#A。可选地,该信息#A可作为UE上下文的一部分存储在网元#B和网元#A中。In a possible implementation manner, the way in which the network element #A on the source serving network side obtains the information #A may be obtained from the network element #B on the source serving network side. By way of example and not limitation, network element #B is the source serving network. The mobility management network element on the core network side of the network, network element #A is the RAN on the source serving network side, network element #B can first obtain information #A from the UDM according to the standard registration process of the UE, and network element #A The UE context initial establishment procedure and the UE context modification procedure in the prior art acquire and update the information #A. Optionally, this information #A may be stored in network element #B and network element #A as part of the UE context.
需要说明的是,在源服务网络侧的网元#B、目标服务网络侧的网元#C和网元#D基于相关网络配置信息决策是否接收该切换请求时,还可以根据相关网络配置信息与信息#A判断出满足条件的候选服务网络集,各网元可以在向其他网元发送的响应信息中携带该候选服务网络集,其他网元可以根据该候选网络集更新本地满足条件的服务网络集。It should be noted that, when network element #B on the source serving network side, network element #C and network element #D on the target serving network side decide whether to receive the handover request based on the relevant network configuration information, it may also be based on the relevant network configuration information. With information #A to determine the candidate service network set that satisfies the condition, each network element can carry the candidate service network set in the response information sent to other network elements, and other network elements can update the local service meeting the condition according to the candidate network set. network set.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网元#B和网元#A分别为源服务网络核心网侧的移动性管理网元与源服务网络侧的RAN,网元#C和网元#D分别为目标服务网络核心网侧的移动性管理网元与目标服务网络侧的RAN,信息#A为UE的选网信息。In a possible implementation manner, network element #B and network element #A are the mobility management network element on the core network side of the source serving network and the RAN on the source serving network side, respectively, and network element #C and network element #D are respectively are the mobility management network element on the core network side of the target serving network and the RAN on the target serving network side, and information #A is the network selection information of the UE.
上述网络切换方法300可以用于基于核心网接口(例如N2接口)的服务网络,网络切换方法300中源服务网络侧的网元#A不能直接与目标服务网络侧的网元#D进行通信,网元#A需要通过源服务网络侧的网元#B与目标服务网络侧的网元#C才能与网元#D进行通信。当源服务网络侧的网元#A能够直接与目标服务网络侧的网元#D进行通信时,可以通过图4中的网络切换方法400进行目标服务网络与目标服务小区的选择与切换。The above-mentioned network switching method 300 can be used in a service network based on a core network interface (such as an N2 interface). In the network switching method 300, the network element #A on the source serving network side cannot directly communicate with the network element #D on the target serving network side, The network element #A needs to communicate with the network element #D through the network element #B on the source serving network side and the network element #C on the target serving network side. When the network element #A on the source serving network side can directly communicate with the network element #D on the target serving network side, the network switching method 400 in FIG. 4 can be used to select and switch the target serving network and the target serving cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,源服务网络侧的网元#A能够直接与目标服务网络侧的网元#D进行通信的情景可以是:网元#A与网元#D分别为源服务网络侧的RAN(可记做S-RAN)和目标服务网络侧的RAN(可记做T-RAN),源服务网络和目标服务网络之间采用网络共享方式部署,S-RAN与T-RAN存在Xn接口连接,可直接进行通信。In a possible implementation manner, the scenario in which the network element #A on the source serving network side can directly communicate with the network element #D on the target serving network side may be: network element #A and network element #D are respectively the source serving network element The RAN on the network side (can be recorded as S-RAN) and the RAN on the target serving network side (can be recorded as T-RAN), the source serving network and the target serving network are deployed in a network sharing manner, S-RAN and T-RAN There is an Xn interface connection for direct communication.
接下来仍以源服务网络和目标服务网络均为第五代系统网络为例,结合图4对源服务网络侧的网元#A能够直接与目标服务网络侧的网元#D进行通信时本申请中的网络切换方法400进行详细说明。其中,网元#B与网元#A属于源服务网络,网元#C和网元#D属于目标服务网络。Next, still take the source service network and the target service network as the fifth-generation system network as an example, with reference to FIG. The network switching method 400 in the application is described in detail. Among them, network element #B and network element #A belong to the source service network, and network element #C and network element #D belong to the target service network.
步骤S401-S403与网络切换方法300中的步骤S301-S303类似,可参考步骤S301-S303的描述,在此就不作过多赘述。Steps S401-S403 are similar to steps S301-S303 in the network switching method 300, and the description of steps S301-S303 can be referred to, and details are not repeated here.
S404,网元#A向网元#D发送请求信息#d,该请求信息#d用于请求将该终端设备从源服务网络切换到目标服务网络以及将该终端设备从源服务小区切换到目标服务小区,该请求信息#d还用于指示该目标服务网络和该目标服务小区。S404, network element #A sends request information #d to network element #D, where request information #d is used to request to switch the terminal device from the source serving network to the target serving network and to switch the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target serving cell, the request information #d is also used to indicate the target serving network and the target serving cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该请求信息#d包括上述信息#A以及用于指示该目标服务网络和目标服务小区的指示信息。In a possible implementation manner, the request information #d includes the above-mentioned information #A and indication information for indicating the target serving network and the target serving cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网元#A向网元#D发送Handover Request消息(即请求信息#d),该Handover Request消息用于请求将该终端设备从源服务网络切换到目标服务网络以及将该终端设备从源服务小区切换到目标服务小区,以及用于指示该目标服务网络和该目标服务小区。In a possible implementation manner, network element #A sends a Handover Request message (that is, request information #d) to network element #D, where the Handover Request message is used to request that the terminal device be switched from the source service network to the target service network and handover the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target serving cell, and for indicating the target serving network and the target serving cell.
可选地,网元#D获取上述信息#A后,储存该信息#A。Optionally, after acquiring the above-mentioned information #A, the network element #D stores the information #A.
S405,网元#D根据网元#D对应的网络配置信息#D判断该目标服务网络是否满足条件#A。S405, the network element #D determines whether the target service network satisfies the condition #A according to the network configuration information #D corresponding to the network element #D.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述条件#A包括该目标服务网络的网络质量满足要求和/或该目标服务网络在当前时间段内可达。In a possible implementation manner, the above condition #A includes that the network quality of the target service network meets the requirements and/or the target service network is reachable within the current time period.
可选地,网元#D还可以根据网元#D对应的网络配置信息#D判断信息#A中的服务网络集#A中的每个服务网络是否满足条件#A,将服务网络集#A中满足条件#A的全部或者部分服务网络确定为第三候选服务网络集。Optionally, the network element #D can also judge whether each service network in the service network set #A in the information #A satisfies the condition #A according to the network configuration information #D corresponding to the network element #D, and set the service network set# All or part of the serving networks in A that satisfy the condition #A are determined as the third candidate serving network set.
可选地,若网元#D根据网元#D对应的网络配置信息#D判断该目标服务网络不满足条件#A,或者说,若网元#D判断若网元#A请求的当前的目标服务网络不允许切换入,可执行下面步骤S406至步骤S407。Optionally, if network element #D determines that the target service network does not meet condition #A according to network configuration information #D corresponding to network element #D, or if network element #D determines that the current If the target service network does not allow handover in, the following steps S406 to S407 can be executed.
S406,网元#D向网元#A发送响应信息#d1,该响应信息#d1包括新的目标服务网络的指示信息和切换指示信息。S406, the network element #D sends the response information #d1 to the network element #A, where the response information #d1 includes the indication information of the new target service network and the handover indication information.
可选地,网元#D可以根据网络配置信息#D与信息#A确定的第三候选服务网络集,上述响应信息#d1还可以包括该第三候选服务网络集。Optionally, the network element #D may determine the third candidate service network set according to the network configuration information #D and the information #A, and the response information #d1 may further include the third candidate service network set.
可选地,上述第三候选服务网络集包括网元#D根据网络配置信息#D判断的服务网络集#A中满足条件#A的全部或者部分服务网络。Optionally, the third candidate service network set includes all or part of the service networks that satisfy the condition #A in the service network set #A determined by the network element #D according to the network configuration information #D.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网元#D可以从上述第三候选服务网络集中选择一个新的可以切换入的服务网络,比如可以将第三候选服务网络集中中网络质量最好的服务网络确定为新的目标服务网络,并在该响应信息#d1中携带用于指示该新的目标服务网络的指示信息以及切换到该新的目标服务网络的切换指示信息。In a possible implementation manner, network element #D may select a new service network that can be switched to from the third candidate service network set, for example, may select the service network with the best network quality in the third candidate service network set It is determined as a new target serving network, and the response information #d1 carries indication information for indicating the new target serving network and handover indication information for switching to the new target serving network.
应理解,若网元#A收到网元#D发送的该响应信息#d1,且该响应信息#d1中携带了用于指示该新的目标服务网络的指示信息以及切换到该新的目标服务网络的切换指示信,网元#A可以向UE发送该新的目标服务网络的指示信息以及切换指示信息,UE可以根据根据该信息向新的目标服务网络发起切换。It should be understood that if network element #A receives the response information #d1 sent by network element #D, and the response information #d1 carries the indication information for indicating the new target serving network and switching to the new target In the handover instruction letter of the serving network, the network element #A can send the indication information of the new target serving network and the handover indication information to the UE, and the UE can initiate handover to the new target serving network according to the information.
可选地,该响应信息#d1还可以用于拒绝将该终端设备从源服务网络切换到目标服务网络以及将该终端设备从源服务小区切换到目标服务小区的请求,进一步地,该响应信息#d1还可以包括拒绝上述切换请求的指示信息以及拒绝的原因。Optionally, the response information #d1 can also be used to reject the request for switching the terminal device from the source serving network to the target serving network and switching the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target serving cell. Further, the response information #d1 may also include indication information for rejecting the above handover request and reasons for rejection.
作为示例而非限定,拒绝原因可以为目标服务网在当前时间段正在进行拥塞控制和/或目标网络在当前时间段不可达。By way of example and not limitation, the reason for rejection may be that the target serving network is performing congestion control in the current time period and/or the target network is unreachable in the current time period.
可选地,若上述响应信息#d1中包括该第三候选服务网络集,则还可以执行步骤407。Optionally, if the above-mentioned response information #d1 includes the third candidate service network set, step 407 may also be performed.
S407,网元#A根据响应信息#d1更新网络配置信息#A,也即,网元#A根据响应信息#d1更新网络配置信息#A指示的满足条件#A的服务网络集#C。S407, the network element #A updates the network configuration information #A according to the response information #d1, that is, the network element #A updates the service network set #C that satisfies the condition #A indicated by the network configuration information #A according to the response information #d1.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述响应信息#d1还包括网元#D确定的该第三候选服务网络集,网元#A可以根据该第三候选服务网络集确定当前时间段内服务网络集#A中满足条件#A的服务网络,下一次该终端设备需要进行服务网络和服务小区切换时,可从该第三候选服务网络中确定目标服务网络,以提高该终端设备切换服务网络和服务小区的效率和成功率。In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned response information #d1 further includes the third candidate service network set determined by network element #D, and network element #A may determine the service network within the current time period according to the third candidate service network set The service network that satisfies condition #A in the set #A, when the terminal equipment needs to switch between the service network and the serving cell next time, the target service network can be determined from the third candidate service network, so as to improve the switching service network and the terminal equipment. Efficiency and success rate of serving cells.
可选地,网元#A根据响应信息#d1中的该第三候选服务网络集确定满足条件#A的服务网络,据此网元#A更新当前时间段内满足条件#A的服务网络集。Optionally, the network element #A determines the service network that satisfies the condition #A according to the third candidate service network set in the response information #d1, and accordingly the network element #A updates the service network set that satisfies the condition #A in the current time period. .
可选地,网元#A根据响应信息#d1中拒绝上述切换请求的指示信息将该目标服务网络确定为不满足条件#A的服务网络,据此网元#A更新当前时间段内满足条件#A的服务网络集。Optionally, network element #A determines the target service network as a service network that does not satisfy condition #A according to the indication information in response information #d1 for rejecting the above handover request, and accordingly network element #A updates the current time period that meets the condition. #A's service network set.
可选地,响应信息#d1中的拒绝原因包括该目标服务网络不可达的时间信息,网元#A根据该目标服务网络不可达的时间信息启动并设置定时器,在定时器到时之前或者网元#D通知该目标网络可达之前,网元#A停止向属于不可达的该目标服务网络的全部小区发送或转发有关切换的信息。Optionally, the rejection reason in the response information #d1 includes the time information that the target service network is unreachable, and the network element #A starts and sets a timer according to the time information that the target service network is unreachable, before the timer expires or Before network element #D notifies that the target network is reachable, network element #A stops sending or forwarding information about handover to all cells belonging to the target serving network that are not reachable.
若网元#D根据网元#D对应的网络配置信息#D判断该目标服务网络满足条件#A,或者说,若网元#D判断若网元#A请求的当前的目标服务网络允许切换入,可执行下面步骤S408至步骤S409。If the network element #D judges that the target service network satisfies the condition #A according to the network configuration information #D corresponding to the network element #D, or if the network element #D judges that the current target service network requested by the network element #A allows the handover input, the following steps S408 to S409 can be performed.
S408,网元#C向网元#B发送响应信息#d2,该响应信息#d2用于接受将该终端设备从源服务网络切换到目标服务网络以及将该终端设备从源服务小区切换到目标服务小区的请求。S408, the network element #C sends response information #d2 to the network element #B, where the response information #d2 is used to accept the handover of the terminal device from the source serving network to the target serving network and the handover of the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target Serving cell request.
S409,将该终端设备从源服务网络切换至目标服务网络,将该终端设备从源服务小区切换至目标服务小区。S409, switch the terminal device from the source serving network to the target serving network, and switch the terminal device from the source serving cell to the target serving cell.
可选地,上述响应信息#d1和响应信息#d2可以为相同的信息类型。Optionally, the above-mentioned response information #d1 and response information #d2 may be of the same information type.
需要说明的是,当确定了目标服务网络以及目标服务小区,并且目标服务网络侧的网元#D接受该切换请求后,即可进入切换执行流程,将源服务网络切换至目标服务网络,将源服务小区切换至目标服务小区,此处的切换执行流程可参考现有技术中相应的切换执行流程,示例性的,可以参考3GPP标准中TS 23.502的4.9.1.3.3章节所述的切换执行流程,本申请在此不作过多赘述。It should be noted that when the target serving network and the target serving cell are determined, and the network element #D on the target serving network side accepts the handover request, the handover execution flow can be entered, the source serving network is handed over to the target serving network, and The source serving cell is switched to the target serving cell. For the handover execution flow here, refer to the corresponding handover execution flow in the prior art. For example, refer to the handover execution described in Section 4.9.1.3.3 of TS 23.502 in the 3GPP standard. The process is not repeated in this application.
还需要说明的是,针对与该实施例中源服务网络侧的网元#A能够直接与目标服务网络侧的网元#D进行通信的情景,该目标服务小区可能属于多个服务网络,此时若该目标服务网络的切换失败了,可选择与该目标服务小区对应的其他服务网络作为新的目标服务网络进行切换,以提高将该终端设备切换至该目标服务小区的成功率。It should also be noted that, for the scenario in which the network element #A on the source serving network side can directly communicate with the network element #D on the target serving network side in this embodiment, the target serving cell may belong to multiple serving networks, and this If the handover of the target serving network fails, another serving network corresponding to the target serving cell can be selected as a new target serving network for handover to improve the success rate of handover of the terminal device to the target serving cell.
当源服务网络侧能够获取上述信息#A对目标服务网络与目标服务小区进行选择时,可采用上述第二个实施例中的网络切换方法300与第三个实施例中网络切换方法400。但 当源服务网络侧无法获取上述信息#A,可采用下述第四个实施例中的方法500对目标服务网络与目标服务小区进行选择。When the source serving network side can obtain the above-mentioned information #A to select the target serving network and the target serving cell, the network handover method 300 in the second embodiment and the network handover method 400 in the third embodiment can be used. However, when the source serving network side cannot obtain the above-mentioned information #A, the method 500 in the following fourth embodiment can be used to select the target serving network and the target serving cell.
下面结合图5对第三个实施例中目标服务网络与目标服务小区的选择方法500进行进一步介绍。The method 500 for selecting a target serving network and a target serving cell in the third embodiment will be further introduced below with reference to FIG. 5 .
S501,终端设备获取信息#A,该信息#A于指示终端设备可接入的服务网络集#A,以及该服务网络集#A中每一服务网络对应的优先级。S501, the terminal device obtains information #A, which indicates the service network set #A that the terminal device can access, and the priority corresponding to each service network in the service network set #A.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该信息#A为终端设备预配置的网络选择策略信息(也可称为UE的选网信息)。作为示例而非限定,UE的选网信息可包括但不限于以下内容:UE控制的独立部署的非公共网络列表,以及其中各个网络对应的网络优先级;和/或网络控制的独立部署的非公共网络列表,以及其中各个网络对应的网络优先级;和/或网络控制的网络群组列表,以及其中各个网络群组对应的优先级。In a possible implementation manner, the information #A is network selection policy information preconfigured by the terminal device (may also be referred to as UE network selection information). As an example and not a limitation, the network selection information of the UE may include, but is not limited to, the following: a list of independently deployed non-public networks controlled by the UE, and network priorities corresponding to each network therein; and/or independently deployed non-public networks controlled by the network A list of public networks, and a network priority corresponding to each network therein; and/or a list of network-controlled network groups, and a priority corresponding to each network group therein.
S502,终端设备获取信息#B,该信息#B用于确定服务小区集#F、与该服务小区集#F中每一服务小区对应的服务网络,以及该服务小区集#F中每一服务小区对应的信号电平值,其中,该服务小区集#F中每一服务小区对应的信号电平值满足第四预设条件。S502, the terminal device obtains information #B, the information #B is used to determine the serving cell set #F, the serving network corresponding to each serving cell in the serving cell set #F, and each serving cell in the serving cell set #F The signal level value corresponding to the cell, wherein the signal level value corresponding to each serving cell in the serving cell set #F satisfies the fourth preset condition.
需要说明的是,服务网络集#F包括该服务小区集#F中每一服务小区对应的服务网络。It should be noted that the serving network set #F includes a serving network corresponding to each serving cell in the serving cell set #F.
应理解,UE在进行移动性测量时,并不会对所有小区都进行测量,只会对满足一定条件(如第四预设条件)的小区的无线信号质量进行测量,当UE将这些满足条件的小区的无线信号质量上报给RAN时,RAN可以再根据实际需求再次对这些小区进行筛选,比如RAN在确定目标服务小区时可再筛选出满足上述第二预设条件的服务小区。It should be understood that when the UE performs mobility measurement, it does not measure all cells, but only measures the radio signal quality of cells that meet certain conditions (such as the fourth preset condition). When reporting the radio signal quality of the cells that are in the RAN to the RAN, the RAN can screen these cells again according to actual needs. For example, when the RAN determines the target serving cell, the serving cell that meets the second preset condition can be screened again.
可选地,上述第四预设条件和第二预设条件可以是网络侧预先配置的。Optionally, the above-mentioned fourth preset condition and second preset condition may be pre-configured by the network side.
可选地,终端设备可以通过移动性测量获取该信息#B。Optionally, the terminal device can acquire the information #B through mobility measurement.
S503,终端设备根据信息#A与信息#B确定信息#C,该信息#C用于指示终端设备可接入的服务小区集#G、该服务小区集#G中每一服务小区对应的服务网络、以及每个该服务网络对应的优先级,该服务小区集#G中每一服务小区对应的信号质量满足第四预设条件。S503, the terminal device determines information #C according to the information #A and the information #B, where the information #C is used to indicate the serving cell set #G accessible to the terminal device and the service corresponding to each serving cell in the serving cell set #G The network and the priority corresponding to each serving network, the signal quality corresponding to each serving cell in the serving cell set #G satisfies the fourth preset condition.
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备根据信息#A与信息#B确定信息#C的过程可以是:In a possible implementation manner, the process for the terminal device to determine the information #C according to the information #A and the information #B may be:
终端设备根据信息#A确定该终端设备可接入的服务网络集#A;The terminal device determines the service network set #A that the terminal device can access according to the information #A;
终端设备根据信息#B确定服务网络集#F,该服务网络集#F中每个服务网络对应的服务小区的信号质量满足第四预设条件;The terminal device determines the serving network set #F according to the information #B, and the signal quality of the serving cell corresponding to each serving network in the serving network set #F satisfies the fourth preset condition;
终端设备根据上述服务网络集#A和服务网络集#F确定服务网络集#G,该服务网络集#G包括服务网络集#A和服务网络集#F的交集;The terminal device determines the service network set #G according to the above-mentioned service network set #A and the service network set #F, and the service network set #G includes the intersection of the service network set #A and the service network set #F;
终端设备根据该信息#A确定该服务网络集#G中每一服务网络的优先级;The terminal device determines the priority of each service network in the service network set #G according to the information #A;
终端设备根据信息#B中服务小区与服务网络之间的对应关系确定该服务网络集#G中每一服务网络对应的服务小区;The terminal device determines the serving cell corresponding to each serving network in the serving network set #G according to the correspondence between the serving cell and the serving network in the information #B;
终端设备确定信息#C,该信息#C用于指示终端设备可接入的服务小区集#G、该服务小区集#G中每一服务小区对应的服务网络、以及每个该服务网络对应的优先级,该服务小区集#G中每一服务小区对应的信号质量满足第四预设条件。The terminal device determines information #C, which is used to indicate the serving cell set #G accessible to the terminal device, the serving network corresponding to each serving cell in the serving cell set #G, and the serving network corresponding to each serving network. priority, the signal quality corresponding to each serving cell in the serving cell set #G satisfies the fourth preset condition.
作为示例而非限定,该服务小区集#F中每个服务网络对应的服务小区的信号质量满足第四预设条件包括:该服务小区集#F中每个服务网络对应的服务小区的信号电平值大于或者等于预设门限值#B。By way of example and not limitation, the signal quality of the serving cell corresponding to each serving network in the serving cell set #F satisfying the fourth preset condition includes: the signal quality of the serving cell corresponding to each serving network in the serving cell set #F The average value is greater than or equal to the preset threshold value #B.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述信号电平值对应的预设门限值#B可由网元#A设置。In a possible implementation manner, the preset threshold value #B corresponding to the above signal level value may be set by the network element #A.
S504,终端设备向网元#A发送该信息#C。S504, the terminal device sends the information #C to the network element #A.
S505,网元#A根据信息#C确定目标服务网络和目标服务小区。S505, the network element #A determines the target serving network and the target serving cell according to the information #C.
应理解,本申请实施例中的具体的例子只是为了帮助本领域技术人员更好地理解本申请实施例,而非限制本申请实施例的范围。It should be understood that the specific examples in the embodiments of the present application are only for helping those skilled in the art to better understand the embodiments of the present application, rather than limiting the scope of the embodiments of the present application.
还应理解,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should also be understood that the size of the sequence numbers of the above processes does not mean the sequence of execution, and the execution sequence of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiments of the present application.
还应理解,在本申请的各个实施例中,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。It should also be understood that, in the various embodiments of the present application, if there is no special description or logical conflict, the terms and/or descriptions between different embodiments are consistent and can be referred to each other, and the technical features in different embodiments New embodiments can be combined according to their inherent logical relationships.
还需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,“预先设定”、“预先配置”等可以通过在设备(例如,网络设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现,本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定,例如本申请实施例中预设的规则、预设的常数等。It should also be noted that, in this embodiment of the present application, "pre-set", "pre-configured", etc. may be pre-saved in a device (for example, a network device) by a corresponding code, a table, or other methods that can be used to indicate relevant information The present application does not limit the specific implementation manner, such as the preset rules and preset constants in the embodiments of the present application.
可以理解的是,本申请上述实施例中,由通信设备实现的方法,也可以由可配置于通信设备内部的部件(例如芯片或者电路)实现。It can be understood that, in the foregoing embodiments of the present application, the method implemented by the communication device may also be implemented by a component (for example, a chip or a circuit) that can be configured inside the communication device.
以上,结合图2至图5详细说明了本申请实施例提供的网络切换的方法。图3至图5中上述方法主要从各个网元之间交互的角度进行了介绍。可以理解的是,各个网元,为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。In the above, the network switching method provided by the embodiments of the present application is described in detail with reference to FIG. 2 to FIG. 5 . The above methods in FIG. 3 to FIG. 5 are mainly introduced from the perspective of interaction between various network elements. It can be understood that, in order to implement the above-mentioned functions, each network element includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing each function. Those skilled in the art should realize that the present application can be implemented in hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
以下,结合图6至图7详细说明本申请实施例提供的网络切换的装置。应理解,装置实施例的描述与方法实施例的描述相互对应,因此,未详细描述的内容可以参见上文方法实施例,为了简洁,部分内容不再赘述。Hereinafter, the apparatus for network switching provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 6 to FIG. 7 . It should be understood that the description of the apparatus embodiment corresponds to the description of the method embodiment. Therefore, for the content that is not described in detail, reference may be made to the above method embodiment, and for the sake of brevity, some content will not be repeated.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对发射端设备或者接收端设备进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。下面以采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块为例进行说明。In this embodiment of the present application, the transmitting-end device or the receiving-end device may be divided into functional modules according to the foregoing method examples. For example, each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module. middle. The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware, and can also be implemented in the form of software function modules. It should be noted that, the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division manners in actual implementation. The following description will be given by taking as an example that each function module is divided corresponding to each function.
图6给出了一种网络切换装置600的结构示意图。该通信装置包括处理单元610以及收发单元620,该网络切换装置600可以是上文方法实施例中的网元#A对应的设备、网元#B对应的设备、网元#C对应的设备、网元#D对应的设备、第一网元对应的设备、第二网元对应的设备或者终端设备,也可以是用于实现上文方法实施例中网元对应的设备或者 终端设备的功能的芯片。FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a network switching apparatus 600 . The communication apparatus includes a processing unit 610 and a transceiver unit 620, and the network switching apparatus 600 may be a device corresponding to network element #A, a device corresponding to network element #B, a device corresponding to network element #C, The device corresponding to network element #D, the device corresponding to the first network element, the device corresponding to the second network element, or the terminal device may also be used to implement the functions of the device or terminal device corresponding to the network element in the above method embodiments. chip.
应理解,该通信装置600可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法200至方法500中各网元相应的设备,该通信装置600可以包括用于执行图2至图5中的各网元相应的设备执行的方法的单元。并且,该通信装置600中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别实现了图2至图5中的方法200至方法500的相应流程。It should be understood that the communication apparatus 600 may correspond to equipment corresponding to each network element in the methods 200 to 500 according to the embodiments of the present application, and the communication apparatus 600 may include a device for executing the corresponding equipment of each network element in FIG. 2 to FIG. 5 . The unit of the method that the device executes. Moreover, each unit in the communication device 600 and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions respectively implement the corresponding processes of the method 200 to the method 500 in FIG. 2 to FIG. 5 .
在一种可能的设计中,该通信装置600可实现图3至图5中任意一图所示的实施例中网元#A或者图2中第一网元所具备的任意功能。In a possible design, the communication apparatus 600 may implement any function possessed by the network element #A in the embodiment shown in any one of FIG. 3 to FIG. 5 or the first network element in FIG. 2 .
例如,处理单元610,用于第一网元确定多个第一服务网络、以及每个该第一服务网络对应的优先级;For example, the processing unit 610 is configured for the first network element to determine a plurality of first service networks and a priority corresponding to each of the first service networks;
该处理单元610,还用于该第一网元根据每个该第一服务网络对应的优先级从该多个第一服务网络中确定目标服务网络。The processing unit 610 is further configured for the first network element to determine a target service network from the plurality of first service networks according to the priority corresponding to each of the first service networks.
可选地,该处理单元610,还用于该第一网元确定第一服务网络集,该第一服务网络集包括该终端设备的可接入的服务网络,且该第一服务网络集中的服务网络满足第一预设条件,该第一预设条件用于判定服务网络是否满足该终端设备的切换要求;Optionally, the processing unit 610 is further configured for the first network element to determine a first service network set, where the first service network set includes accessible service networks of the terminal device, and the first service network set includes The serving network satisfies a first preset condition, and the first preset condition is used to determine whether the serving network satisfies the handover requirement of the terminal device;
该处理单元610,还用于该第一网元根据该第三信息确定该第一服务网络集。The processing unit 610 is further configured for the first network element to determine the first service network set according to the third information.
可选地,该处理单元610,还用于该第一网元确定第二服务网络集,该第二服务网络集中的服务网络对应的服务小区的信号质量满足第二预设条件;Optionally, the processing unit 610 is further configured for the first network element to determine a second serving network set, and the signal quality of the serving cell corresponding to the serving network in the second serving network set satisfies the second preset condition;
该处理单元610,还用于该第一网元根据该第一服务网络集和该第二服务网络集确定该多个第一服务网络,该多个第一服务网络属于该第一服务网络集和该第二服务网络集的交集。The processing unit 610 is further configured for the first network element to determine the multiple first service networks according to the first service network set and the second service network set, where the multiple first service networks belong to the first service network set and the intersection of the second set of service networks.
可选地,该处理单元610,还用于该第一网元根据第一信息确定第三服务网络集,该第三服务网络集包括该终端设备的可接入的服务网络,该第一信息包括该终端设备预配置的网络选择策略信息;Optionally, the processing unit 610 is further configured for the first network element to determine a third service network set according to the first information, where the third service network set includes accessible service networks of the terminal device, and the first information Including the pre-configured network selection policy information of the terminal device;
该处理单元610,还用于该第一网元根据第二信息确定第四服务网络集,该第四服务网络集中的服务网络满足第一预设条件,该第一预设条件用于判定服务网络是否满足该终端设备的切换要求,该第二信息包括该第一网元的网络配置信息;The processing unit 610 is further configured for the first network element to determine a fourth service network set according to the second information, where the service networks in the fourth service network set meet a first preset condition, and the first preset condition is used to determine the service Whether the network meets the handover requirement of the terminal device, and the second information includes the network configuration information of the first network element;
该处理单元610,还用于该第一网元根据该第三服务网络集和该第四服务网络集确定该第一服务网络集,该第一服务网络集属于该第三服务网络集和该第四服务网络集的交集。The processing unit 610 is further configured for the first network element to determine the first service network set according to the third service network set and the fourth service network set, where the first service network set belongs to the third service network set and the fourth service network set The intersection of the fourth service network set.
可选地,该处理单元610,还用于该第一网元根据该第一信息确定每个该第一服务网络对应的优先级。Optionally, the processing unit 610 is further configured for the first network element to determine the priority corresponding to each of the first service networks according to the first information.
可选地,该处理单元610,在用于该第一网元确定多个第一服务网络之前,还用于该第一网元接收第四信息,该第四信息用于指示第五服务网络集,该第五服务网络集包括该终端设备的可接入的服务网络,且该第五服务网络集中的服务网络对应的服务小区的信号质量满足第二预设条件;以及Optionally, before being used by the first network element to determine a plurality of first service networks, the processing unit 610 is further configured for the first network element to receive fourth information, where the fourth information is used to indicate a fifth service network set, the fifth service network set includes accessible service networks of the terminal device, and the signal quality of the serving cells corresponding to the service networks in the fifth service network set satisfies the second preset condition; and
该处理单元610,还用于该第一网元根据该第四信息确定该第五服务网络集;The processing unit 610 is further configured for the first network element to determine the fifth service network set according to the fourth information;
该处理单元610,还用于该第一网元根据第二信息确定第六服务网络集,该第六服务网络集中的服务网络满足第一预设条件,该第一预设条件用于判定服务网络是否满足该终端设备的切换要求,该第二信息包括该第一网元的网络配置信息;The processing unit 610 is further configured for the first network element to determine a sixth service network set according to the second information, where the service networks in the sixth service network set satisfy a first preset condition, and the first preset condition is used to determine the service Whether the network meets the handover requirement of the terminal device, and the second information includes the network configuration information of the first network element;
该处理单元610,还用于该第一网元根据该第五服务网络集和该第六服务网络集确定该多个第一服务网络,该多个第一服务网络属于该第五服务网络集和该第六服务网络集的交集。The processing unit 610 is further configured for the first network element to determine the plurality of first service networks according to the fifth service network set and the sixth service network set, where the plurality of first service networks belong to the fifth service network set and the intersection of the sixth service network set.
可选地,当该第四信息还用于指示该终端设备的可接入的多个服务网络中每个服务网络对应的优先级,该多个服务网络包括该多个第一服务网络,该处理单元610还用于该第一网元根据该第四信息确定每个该第一服务网络对应的优先级。Optionally, when the fourth information is further used to indicate the priority corresponding to each service network among multiple service networks accessible to the terminal device, the multiple service networks include the multiple first service networks, the The processing unit 610 is further configured for the first network element to determine the priority corresponding to each of the first service networks according to the fourth information.
可选地,该第一请求信息还用于指示第三服务网络集,该第三服务网络集包括该终端设备的可接入的服务网络。Optionally, the first request information is further used to indicate a third service network set, where the third service network set includes accessible service networks of the terminal device.
收发单元620,用于该第一网元向第二网元发送第一请求信息,该第一请求信息用于请求将终端设备切换至目标服务小区,该目标服务小区属于该目标服务网络。The transceiver unit 620 is used for the first network element to send first request information to the second network element, where the first request information is used to request handover of the terminal device to a target serving cell, and the target serving cell belongs to the target serving network.
可选地,该收发单元620,还用于该第一网元接收第三信息,该第三信息用于指示该第一服务网络集。Optionally, the transceiver unit 620 is further configured for the first network element to receive third information, where the third information is used to indicate the first service network set.
可选地,该收发单元620,还用于该第一网元接收针对该第一请求信息的第一响应信息,该第一响应信息用于指示该终端设备是否成功切换至该目标服务小区,该第一响应信息中包括该第三信息。Optionally, the transceiver unit 620 is further configured for the first network element to receive first response information for the first request information, where the first response information is used to indicate whether the terminal device is successfully handed over to the target serving cell, The first response information includes the third information.
可选地,该收发单元620,还用于该第一网元从第三网元获取第一信息,该第一信息用于指示该终端设备的可接入的多个服务网络中每个服务网络对应的优先级,该多个服务网络包括该多个第一服务网络。Optionally, the transceiver unit 620 is further configured for the first network element to obtain first information from a third network element, where the first information is used to indicate each service in a plurality of service networks accessible to the terminal device The priority corresponding to the network, the multiple service networks include the multiple first service networks.
可选地,该收发单元620,在用于该第一网元确定多个第一服务网络之前,该收发单元620还用于该第一网元接收该终端设备的测量上报信息,该测量上报信息中包括该第四信息。Optionally, before the transceiver unit 620 is used for the first network element to determine a plurality of first service networks, the transceiver unit 620 is further configured for the first network element to receive measurement report information of the terminal device, and the measurement report The fourth information is included in the information.
在另一种可能的设计中,该通信装置600可实现图3至图5中任意一图所示的实施例中网元#B、网元#C或者网元#D,或者图2中第二网元所具备的任意功能。In another possible design, the communication apparatus 600 may implement the network element #B, network element #C or network element #D in the embodiment shown in any one of FIG. 3 to FIG. Any function possessed by the second network element.
例如,处理单元610,用于第四网元确定第一服务网络集,该第一服务网络集包括终端设备的可接入的服务网络,且该第一服务网络集中的服务网络满足第一预设条件,该第一预设条件用于判定服务网络是否满足该终端设备的切换要求。For example, the processing unit 610 is configured for the fourth network element to determine a first service network set, where the first service network set includes accessible service networks of the terminal device, and the service networks in the first service network set satisfy the first preset A condition is set, and the first preset condition is used to determine whether the serving network satisfies the handover requirement of the terminal device.
可选地,处理单元610,在用于该第四网元确定第一服务网络集之前,该收发单元还用于该第四网元接收第五信息,该第五信息用于指示该终端设备的可接入的服务网络;以及Optionally, before the processing unit 610 is used for the fourth network element to determine the first service network set, the transceiver unit is further configured for the fourth network element to receive fifth information, where the fifth information is used to indicate the terminal device accessible service network; and
可选地,处理单元610,还用于该第四网元根据该第五信息和该第一预设条件确定该第一服务网络集。Optionally, the processing unit 610 is further configured for the fourth network element to determine the first service network set according to the fifth information and the first preset condition.
收发单元620,用于该第四网元发送第三信息,该第三信息用于指示该第一服务网络集。The transceiver unit 620 is used for the fourth network element to send third information, where the third information is used to indicate the first service network set.
可选地,收发单元620,在该处理单元610用于该第四网元确定第一服务网络集之前,该收发单元620还用于该第四网元接收第一请求信息,该第一请求信息用于请求将该终端设备切换至目标服务小区,以及该第一请求信息中包括第五信息,该第五信息用于指示该终端设备的可接入的服务网络。Optionally, the transceiver unit 620, before the processing unit 610 is used by the fourth network element to determine the first service network set, the transceiver unit 620 is further used for the fourth network element to receive first request information, the first request The information is used to request that the terminal device be handed over to the target serving cell, and the first request information includes fifth information, where the fifth information is used to indicate an accessible serving network of the terminal device.
需要说明的是,该第二网元包括终端设备当前服务网络对应的移动性管理功能网元,或者该第二网元包括该目标服务网络对应的无线接入网网元;该第三网元包括终端设备的 当前服务网络对应的移动性管理功能网元,或者该第三网元包括该终端设备的历史服务网络对应的无线接入网网元;该第四网元包括终端设备的当前服务网络对应的移动性管理功能网元,或者该第四网元包括目标服务网络对应的移动性管理功能网元,或者该第四网元包括目标服务网络对应的无线接入网网元。It should be noted that the second network element includes a mobility management function network element corresponding to the current service network of the terminal device, or the second network element includes a wireless access network network element corresponding to the target service network; the third network element including the mobility management function network element corresponding to the current service network of the terminal device, or the third network element including the wireless access network network element corresponding to the historical service network of the terminal device; the fourth network element including the current service network of the terminal device A mobility management function network element corresponding to the network, or the fourth network element includes a mobility management function network element corresponding to the target service network, or the fourth network element includes a wireless access network element corresponding to the target service network.
可选地,该第一预设条件包括服务网络当前时间段可达和/或服务网络的网络质量满足第三预设条件。Optionally, the first preset condition includes that the serving network is reachable in the current time period and/or the network quality of the serving network satisfies the third preset condition.
图7是根据本申请实施例提供的通信设备700的结构框图。图7所示的通信设备700包括:处理器710、存储器720和通信接口730。该处理器710与存储器耦合,用于执行存储器中存储的指令,以控制通信接口730发送信号和/或接收信号。FIG. 7 is a structural block diagram of a communication device 700 provided according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 700 shown in FIG. 7 includes: a processor 710 , a memory 720 and a communication interface 730 . The processor 710 is coupled to the memory for executing instructions stored in the memory to control the communication interface 730 to send and/or receive signals.
应理解,上述处理器710和存储器720可以合成一个处理装置,处理器710用于执行存储器720中存储的程序代码来实现上述功能。具体实现时,该存储器720也可以集成在处理器710中,或者独立于处理器710。It should be understood that the above-mentioned processor 710 and the memory 720 may be combined into a processing device, and the processor 710 is configured to execute the program codes stored in the memory 720 to realize the above-mentioned functions. During specific implementation, the memory 720 may also be integrated in the processor 710 or independent of the processor 710 .
在一种可能的设计中,该通信设备700可以是上文方法实施例中的数据分析设备或网络能力开放设备,也可以是用于实现上文方法实施例中数据分析设备或的网络能力开放设备的功能的芯片。In a possible design, the communication device 700 may be the data analysis device or the network capability opening device in the above method embodiments, or may be the data analysis device or the network capability opening device used in the above method embodiments The functional chip of the device.
具体地,该通信设备700可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法200至方法500中的网元#A对应的设备、网元#B对应的设备、网元#C对应的设备、网元#D对应的设备、第一网元对应的设备、第二网元对应的设备或者终端设备,该通信设备700可以包括用于执行图2至图5中的各网元相应的设备执行的方法的单元。并且,该通信设备700中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法200至方法500的相应流程。Specifically, the communication device 700 may correspond to the device corresponding to network element #A, the device corresponding to network element #B, the device corresponding to network element #C, and the device corresponding to network element #C in the methods 200 to 500 according to the embodiments of the present application The device corresponding to D, the device corresponding to the first network element, the device corresponding to the second network element, or the terminal device, the communication device 700 may include a communication device 700 for executing the method performed by the device corresponding to each network element in FIG. 2 to FIG. 5 . unit. In addition, each unit in the communication device 700 and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are respectively to implement the corresponding processes of the method 200 to the method 500 .
应理解,各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the specific process of each unit performing the above-mentioned corresponding steps has been described in detail in the above-mentioned method embodiments, and for the sake of brevity, it will not be repeated here.
当该通信设备700为芯片时,该芯片包括收发单元和处理单元。其中,收发单元可以是输入输出电路或通信接口;处理单元可以为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。本申请实施例还提供了一种处理装置,包括处理器和接口。所述处理器可用于执行上述方法实施例中的方法。When the communication device 700 is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit. Wherein, the transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface; the processing unit may be a processor, a microprocessor or an integrated circuit integrated on the chip. The embodiment of the present application also provides a processing apparatus, including a processor and an interface. The processor may be used to execute the methods in the above method embodiments.
应理解,上述处理装置可以是一个芯片。例如,该处理装置可以是现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA),可以是专用集成芯片(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),还可以是系统芯片(system on chip,SoC),还可以是中央处理器(central processor unit,CPU),还可以是网络处理器(network processor,NP),还可以是数字信号处理电路(digital signal processor,DSP),还可以是微控制器(micro controller unit,MCU),还可以是可编程控制器(programmable logic device,PLD)或其他集成芯片。It should be understood that the above processing device may be a chip. For example, the processing device may be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a system on chip (SoC), or a It is a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP), a digital signal processing circuit (DSP), or a microcontroller (microcontroller unit). , MCU), it can also be a programmable logic device (PLD) or other integrated chips.
在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复,这里不再详细描述。In the implementation process, each step of the above-mentioned method can be completed by a hardware integrated logic circuit in a processor or an instruction in the form of software. The steps of the methods disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as executed by a hardware processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor. The software modules may be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other storage media mature in the art. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, detailed description is omitted here.
应注意,本申请实施例中的处理器可以是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。 在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。It should be noted that the processor in this embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip, which has a signal processing capability. In the implementation process, each step of the above method embodiments may be completed by a hardware integrated logic circuit in a processor or an instruction in the form of software. The aforementioned processors may be general purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components . The methods, steps, and logic block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of this application can be implemented or executed. A general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as executed by a hardware decoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software modules may be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other storage media mature in the art. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synch-link DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct ram-bus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It can be understood that the memory in this embodiment of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. The non-volatile memory may be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), electrically programmable Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which acts as an external cache. By way of example and not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (synch-link DRAM) , SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct ram-bus RAM, DR RAM). It should be noted that the memory of the systems and methods described herein is intended to include, but not be limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当该计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行本申请提出的任意一个实施例的方法。According to the method provided by the embodiments of the present application, the present application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes: computer program code, when the computer program code is run on a computer, the computer is made to execute any one of the Methods of Examples.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机可读介质,该计算机可读介质存储有程序代码,当该程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行本申请提出的任意一个实施例的方法。According to the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application, the present application further provides a computer-readable medium, where program codes are stored in the computer-readable medium, and when the program codes are run on a computer, the computer is made to execute any one of the methods proposed in the present application. Methods of Examples.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种系统,其包括前述的装置或设备。According to the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application, the present application further provides a system, which includes the foregoing apparatus or equipment.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等 数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,高密度数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如,固态硬盘(solid state disc,SSD))等。In the above-mentioned embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated. The computer may be a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be downloaded from a website site, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wire (eg, coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line, DSL) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, or the like that includes an integration of one or more available media. The available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, high-density digital video discs (DVDs)), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state discs, SSD)) etc.
上述各个装置实施例中网络侧设备与终端设备和方法实施例中的网络侧设备或终端设备对应,由相应的模块或单元执行相应的步骤,例如通信单元(通信接口)执行方法实施例中接收或发送的步骤,除发送、接收外的其它步骤可以由处理单元610(处理器)执行。具体单元的功能可以参考相应的方法实施例。其中,处理器可以为一个或多个。The network-side equipment in each of the above apparatus embodiments corresponds to the terminal equipment and the network-side equipment or terminal equipment in the method embodiments, and corresponding steps are performed by corresponding modules or units, for example, the communication unit (communication interface) performs the receiving in the method embodiments. Or the step of sending, other steps except sending and receiving may be performed by the processing unit 610 (processor). For functions of specific units, reference may be made to corresponding method embodiments. The number of processors may be one or more.
在本说明书中使用的术语“部件”、“模块”、“系统”等用于表示计算机相关的实体、硬件、固件、硬件和软件的组合、软件、或执行中的软件。例如,部件可以是但不限于,在处理器上运行的进程、处理器、对象、可执行文件、执行线程、程序和/或计算机。通过图示,在计算设备上运行的应用和计算设备都可以是部件。一个或多个部件可驻留在进程和/或执行线程中,部件可位于一个计算机上和/或分布在两个或更多个计算机之间。此外,这些部件可从在上面存储有各种数据结构的各种计算机可读介质执行。部件可例如根据具有一个或多个数据分组(例如来自与本地系统、分布式系统和/或网络间的另一部件交互的二个部件的数据,例如通过信号与其它系统交互的互联网)的信号通过本地和/或远程进程来通信。The terms "component", "module", "system" and the like are used in this specification to refer to a computer-related entity, hardware, firmware, a combination of hardware and software, software, or software in execution. For example, a component may be, but is not limited to, a process running on a processor, a processor, an object, an executable, a thread of execution, a program, and/or a computer. By way of illustration, both an application running on a computing device and the computing device may be components. One or more components may reside within a process and/or thread of execution, and a component may be localized on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers. In addition, these components can execute from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon. A component may, for example, be based on a signal having one or more data packets (eg, data from two components interacting with another component between a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet interacting with other systems via signals) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
还应理解,本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should also be understood that the term "and/or" in this document is only an association relationship for describing associated objects, indicating that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean that A exists alone, and A and B exist at the same time. B, there are three cases of B alone. In addition, the character "/" in this document generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship.
还应理解,本申请实施例中引入编号“第一”、“第二”、“#a”、“#b”、“#1”、“#2”等只是为了区分不同的对象,比如,区分不同的“信息”,或,“网元”,或,“预设条件”,或,“网络配置信息”等等,对具体对象以及不同对象间的对应关系的理解应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should also be understood that the numbers "first", "second", "#a", "#b", "#1", "#2", etc. are introduced in the embodiments of the present application only to distinguish different objects, for example, To distinguish different "information", or, "network element", or, "preset conditions", or, "network configuration information", etc., the understanding of specific objects and the corresponding relationship between different objects should be based on their functions and internal It is determined by logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiments of the present application.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art can realize that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of description, the specific working process of the above-described systems, devices and units may refer to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners. For example, the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元610中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit 610, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence, or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited to this. should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.
Claims (43)
- 一种网络切换的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for network handover, comprising:第一网元确定多个第一服务网络、以及每个所述第一服务网络对应的优先级;The first network element determines a plurality of first service networks and a priority corresponding to each of the first service networks;所述第一网元根据每个所述第一服务网络对应的优先级从所述多个第一服务网络中确定目标服务网络;determining, by the first network element, a target service network from the plurality of first service networks according to a priority corresponding to each of the first service networks;所述第一网元向第二网元发送第一请求信息,所述第一请求信息用于请求将终端设备切换至目标服务小区,所述目标服务小区属于所述目标服务网络。The first network element sends first request information to the second network element, where the first request information is used to request handover of the terminal device to a target serving cell, and the target serving cell belongs to the target serving network.
- 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一网元确定多个第一服务网络包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the determining, by the first network element, a plurality of first service networks comprises:所述第一网元确定第一服务网络集,所述第一服务网络集包括所述终端设备的可接入的服务网络,且所述第一服务网络集中的服务网络满足第一预设条件,所述第一预设条件用于判定服务网络是否满足所述终端设备的切换要求;The first network element determines a first service network set, where the first service network set includes accessible service networks of the terminal device, and the service networks in the first service network set satisfy a first preset condition , the first preset condition is used to determine whether the serving network meets the handover requirement of the terminal device;所述第一网元确定第二服务网络集,所述第二服务网络集中的服务网络对应的服务小区的信号质量满足第二预设条件;The first network element determines a second serving network set, and the signal quality of the serving cell corresponding to the serving network in the second serving network set satisfies a second preset condition;所述第一网元根据所述第一服务网络集和所述第二服务网络集确定所述多个第一服务网络,所述多个第一服务网络属于所述第一服务网络集和所述第二服务网络集的交集。The first network element determines the multiple first service networks according to the first service network set and the second service network set, and the multiple first service networks belong to the first service network set and the second service network set. The intersection of the second service network set.
- 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一网元确定第一服务网络集包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the determining of the first service network set by the first network element comprises:所述第一网元根据第一信息确定第三服务网络集,所述第三服务网络集包括所述终端设备的可接入的服务网络,所述第一信息包括所述终端设备预配置的网络选择策略信息;The first network element determines a third service network set according to the first information, where the third service network set includes accessible service networks of the terminal device, and the first information includes preconfigured service networks of the terminal device. Network selection policy information;所述第一网元根据第二信息确定第四服务网络集,所述第四服务网络集中的服务网络满足第一预设条件,所述第一预设条件用于判定服务网络是否满足所述终端设备的切换要求,所述第二信息包括所述第一网元的网络配置信息;The first network element determines a fourth service network set according to the second information, the service networks in the fourth service network set satisfy a first preset condition, and the first preset condition is used to determine whether the service network satisfies the The handover requirement of the terminal device, the second information includes the network configuration information of the first network element;所述第一网元根据所述第三服务网络集和所述第四服务网络集确定所述第一服务网络集,所述第一服务网络集属于所述第三服务网络集和所述第四服务网络集的交集。The first network element determines the first service network set according to the third service network set and the fourth service network set, and the first service network set belongs to the third service network set and the fourth service network set. The intersection of the four service network sets.
- 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the method further comprises:所述第一网元接收第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示所述第一服务网络集以及所述第一服务网络集中每个服务网络对应的优先级;以及The first network element receives third information, where the third information is used to indicate the first service network set and the priority corresponding to each service network in the first service network set; and所述第一网元确定第一服务网络集包括:The first network element determining the first service network set includes:所述第一网元根据所述第三信息确定所述第一服务网络集。The first network element determines the first serving network set according to the third information.
- 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 4, wherein the method further comprises:所述第一网元接收针对所述第一请求信息的第一响应信息,所述第一响应信息用于指示所述终端设备是否成功切换至所述目标服务小区,所述第一响应信息中包括所述第三信息。The first network element receives first response information for the first request information, where the first response information is used to indicate whether the terminal device is successfully handed over to the target serving cell, and the first response information contains including the third information.
- 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the method further comprises:所述第一网元从第三网元获取第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述终端设备的可接入的多个服务网络中每个服务网络对应的优先级,所述多个服务网络包括所述多个第一服务网络;以及The first network element obtains the first information from the third network element, where the first information is used to indicate the priority corresponding to each service network among the multiple service networks accessible to the terminal device, and the multiple service networks can be accessed by the terminal device. a service network includes the plurality of first service networks; and所述第一网元确定每个所述第一服务网络对应的优先级包括:The first network element determining the priority corresponding to each of the first service networks includes:所述第一网元根据所述第一信息确定每个所述第一服务网络对应的优先级。The first network element determines, according to the first information, a priority corresponding to each of the first service networks.
- 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三网元包括终端设备的当前服务网络对应的移动性管理功能网元,或者The method according to claim 6, wherein the third network element comprises a mobility management function network element corresponding to the current serving network of the terminal device, or所述第三网元包括所述终端设备的历史服务网络对应的无线接入网网元。The third network element includes a wireless access network network element corresponding to the historical service network of the terminal device.
- 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一网元确定多个第一服务网络之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein before the first network element determines a plurality of first service networks, the method further comprises:所述第一网元接收第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示第五服务网络集,所述第五服务网络集包括所述终端设备的可接入的服务网络,且所述第五服务网络集中的服务网络对应的服务小区的信号质量满足第二预设条件;以及The first network element receives fourth information, where the fourth information is used to indicate a fifth service network set, the fifth service network set includes accessible service networks of the terminal device, and the fifth service network set The signal quality of the serving cell corresponding to the serving network in the serving network set satisfies the second preset condition; and所述第一网元确定多个第一服务网络包括:The first network element determining a plurality of first service networks includes:所述第一网元根据所述第四信息确定所述第五服务网络集;determining, by the first network element, the fifth service network set according to the fourth information;所述第一网元根据第二信息确定第六服务网络集,所述第六服务网络集中的服务网络满足第一预设条件,所述第一预设条件用于判定服务网络是否满足所述终端设备的切换要求,所述第二信息包括所述第一网元的网络配置信息;The first network element determines a sixth service network set according to the second information, where the service networks in the sixth service network set satisfy a first preset condition, and the first preset condition is used to determine whether the service network satisfies the The handover requirement of the terminal device, the second information includes the network configuration information of the first network element;所述第一网元根据所述第五服务网络集和所述第六服务网络集确定所述多个第一服务网络,所述多个第一服务网络属于所述第五服务网络集和所述第六服务网络集的交集。The first network element determines the plurality of first service networks according to the fifth service network set and the sixth service network set, and the plurality of first service networks belong to the fifth service network set and all Describe the intersection of the sixth service network set.
- 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一网元确定多个第一服务网络之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein before the first network element determines a plurality of first service networks, the method further comprises:所述第一网元接收所述终端设备的测量上报信息,所述测量上报信息中包括所述第四信息。The first network element receives measurement report information of the terminal device, where the measurement report information includes the fourth information.
- 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第四信息还用于指示所述终端设备的可接入的多个服务网络中每个服务网络对应的优先级,所述多个服务网络包括所述多个第一服务网络,以及The method according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the fourth information is further used to indicate a priority corresponding to each service network among multiple service networks accessible to the terminal device, and the multiple service networks can be accessed by the terminal device. a service network includes the plurality of first service networks, and所述第一网元确定每个所述第一服务网络对应的优先级包括:The first network element determining the priority corresponding to each of the first service networks includes:所述第一网元根据所述第四信息确定每个所述第一服务网络对应的优先级。The first network element determines, according to the fourth information, a priority corresponding to each of the first service networks.
- 根据权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,第一预设条件包括服务网络当前时间段可达和/或服务网络的网络质量满足第三预设条件。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the first preset condition includes that the serving network is reachable in the current time period and/or the network quality of the serving network satisfies the third preset condition.
- 根据权利要求1至11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一请求信息还用于指示第三服务网络集,所述第三服务网络集包括所述终端设备的可接入的服务网络。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the first request information is further used to indicate a third service network set, and the third service network set includes accessible connections of the terminal device. into the service network.
- 根据权利要求1至12中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二网元包括终端设备当前服务网络对应的移动性管理功能网元,或者The method according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the second network element comprises a mobility management function network element corresponding to the current serving network of the terminal device, or所述第二网元包括所述目标服务网络对应的无线接入网网元。The second network element includes a wireless access network network element corresponding to the target service network.
- 一种网络切换的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for network handover, comprising:第四网元确定第一服务网络集,所述第一服务网络集包括终端设备的可接入的服务网络,且所述第一服务网络集中的服务网络满足第一预设条件,所述第一预设条件用于判定服务网络是否满足所述终端设备的切换要求;The fourth network element determines a first service network set, where the first service network set includes accessible service networks of the terminal device, and the service networks in the first service network set satisfy a first preset condition, and the first service network set A preset condition is used to determine whether the serving network meets the handover requirement of the terminal device;所述第四网元发送第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示所述第一服务网络集以及所述第一服务网络集中每个服务网络的优先级。The fourth network element sends third information, where the third information is used to indicate the first service network set and the priority of each service network in the first service network set.
- 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一预设条件包括服务网络当前 时间段可达和/或服务网络的网络质量满足第三预设条件。The method according to claim 14, wherein the first preset condition comprises that the serving network is reachable in the current time period and/or the network quality of the serving network satisfies the third preset condition.
- 根据权利要求14或15所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第四网元确定第一服务网络集之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 14 or 15, wherein before the fourth network element determines the first service network set, the method further comprises:所述第四网元接收第五信息,所述第五信息用于指示所述终端设备的可接入的服务网络;以及The fourth network element receives fifth information, where the fifth information is used to indicate an accessible service network of the terminal device; and所述第四网元确定第一服务网络集包括:The fourth network element determining the first service network set includes:所述第四网元根据所述第五信息和所述第一预设条件确定所述第一服务网络集。The fourth network element determines the first service network set according to the fifth information and the first preset condition.
- 根据权利要求14至16中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第四网元确定第一服务网络集之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 14 to 16, wherein before the fourth network element determines the first service network set, the method further comprises:所述第四网元接收第一请求信息,所述第一请求信息用于请求将所述终端设备切换至目标服务小区,以及the fourth network element receives first request information, the first request information is used to request handover of the terminal device to the target serving cell, and所述第一请求信息中包括第五信息,所述第五信息用于指示所述终端设备的可接入的服务网络。The first request information includes fifth information, where the fifth information is used to indicate an accessible service network of the terminal device.
- 根据权利要求14至17中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第四网元包括终端设备的当前服务网络对应的移动性管理功能网元,或者The method according to any one of claims 14 to 17, wherein the fourth network element comprises a mobility management function network element corresponding to the current serving network of the terminal device, or所述第四网元包括目标服务网络对应的移动性管理功能网元,或者The fourth network element includes a mobility management function network element corresponding to the target service network, or所述第四网元包括目标服务网络对应的无线接入网网元。The fourth network element includes a radio access network network element corresponding to the target service network.
- 一种网络切换的装置,其特征在于,包括:A device for network switching, comprising:处理单元,用于第一网元确定多个第一服务网络、以及每个所述第一服务网络对应的优先级;a processing unit, configured for the first network element to determine a plurality of first service networks and a priority corresponding to each of the first service networks;所述处理单元,还用于所述第一网元根据每个所述第一服务网络对应的优先级从所述多个第一服务网络中确定目标服务网络;The processing unit is further configured for the first network element to determine a target service network from the plurality of first service networks according to the priority corresponding to each of the first service networks;收发单元,用于所述第一网元向第二网元发送第一请求信息,所述第一请求信息用于请求将终端设备切换至目标服务小区,所述目标服务小区属于所述目标服务网络。A transceiver unit, used for the first network element to send first request information to the second network element, where the first request information is used to request handover of the terminal device to a target serving cell, where the target serving cell belongs to the target serving cell network.
- 根据权利要求19所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元用于所述第一网元确定多个第一服务网络包括:The apparatus according to claim 19, wherein the processing unit is configured for the first network element to determine a plurality of first service networks comprising:所述处理单元,用于所述第一网元确定第一服务网络集,所述第一服务网络集包括所述终端设备的可接入的服务网络,且所述第一服务网络集中的服务网络满足第一预设条件,所述第一预设条件用于判定服务网络是否满足所述终端设备的切换要求;The processing unit is configured for the first network element to determine a first service network set, where the first service network set includes accessible service networks of the terminal device, and services in the first service network set The network satisfies a first preset condition, and the first preset condition is used to determine whether the serving network satisfies the handover requirement of the terminal device;所述处理单元,用于所述第一网元确定第二服务网络集,所述第二服务网络集中的服务网络对应的服务小区的信号质量满足第二预设条件;the processing unit, configured for the first network element to determine a second serving network set, where the signal quality of the serving cell corresponding to the serving network in the second serving network set satisfies a second preset condition;所述处理单元,用于所述第一网元根据所述第一服务网络集和所述第二服务网络集确定所述多个第一服务网络,所述多个第一服务网络属于所述第一服务网络集和所述第二服务网络集的交集。the processing unit, configured for the first network element to determine the multiple first service networks according to the first service network set and the second service network set, where the multiple first service networks belong to the The intersection of the first set of service networks and the second set of service networks.
- 根据权利要求20所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元用于所述第一网元确定第一服务网络集包括:The apparatus according to claim 20, wherein the processing unit for the first network element to determine the first service network set comprises:所述处理单元,用于所述第一网元根据第一信息确定第三服务网络集,所述第三服务网络集包括所述终端设备的可接入的服务网络,所述第一信息包括所述终端设备预配置的网络选择策略信息;The processing unit is configured for the first network element to determine a third service network set according to the first information, where the third service network set includes accessible service networks of the terminal device, and the first information includes network selection policy information preconfigured by the terminal device;所述处理单元,用于所述第一网元根据第二信息确定第四服务网络集,所述第四服务网络集中的服务网络满足第一预设条件,所述第一预设条件用于判定服务网络是否满足所述终端设备的切换要求,所述第二信息包括所述第一网元的网络配置信息;The processing unit is used for the first network element to determine a fourth service network set according to the second information, where the service networks in the fourth service network set satisfy a first preset condition, and the first preset condition is used for Determine whether the serving network meets the handover requirement of the terminal device, and the second information includes the network configuration information of the first network element;所述处理单元,用于所述第一网元根据所述第三服务网络集和所述第四服务网络集确定所述第一服务网络集,所述第一服务网络集属于所述第三服务网络集和所述第四服务网络集的交集。the processing unit, configured for the first network element to determine the first service network set according to the third service network set and the fourth service network set, where the first service network set belongs to the third service network set The intersection of the set of service networks and the fourth set of service networks.
- 根据权利要求20所述的装置,其特征在于,The apparatus of claim 20, wherein:所述收发单元还用于所述第一网元接收第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示所述第一服务网络集;以及The transceiver unit is further configured for the first network element to receive third information, where the third information is used to indicate the first service network set; and所述处理单元用于所述第一网元确定第一服务网络集包括:The processing unit for the first network element to determine the first service network set includes:所述处理单元用于所述第一网元根据所述第三信息确定所述第一服务网络集。The processing unit is configured for the first network element to determine the first service network set according to the third information.
- 根据权利要求22所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元还用于所述第一网元接收针对所述第一请求信息的第一响应信息,所述第一响应信息用于指示所述终端设备是否成功切换至所述目标服务小区,所述第一响应信息中包括所述第三信息。The apparatus according to claim 22, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to receive, by the first network element, first response information for the first request information, where the first response information is used to indicate the Whether the terminal device is successfully handed over to the target serving cell, the first response information includes the third information.
- 根据权利要求19至23中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 19 to 23, characterized in that,所述收发单元还用于所述第一网元从第三网元获取第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述终端设备的可接入的多个服务网络中每个服务网络对应的优先级,所述多个服务网络包括所述多个第一服务网络;以及The transceiver unit is further configured for the first network element to obtain first information from a third network element, where the first information is used to indicate that each service network corresponds to a plurality of service networks accessible to the terminal device. , the plurality of service networks includes the plurality of first service networks; and所述处理单元用于所述第一网元确定每个所述第一服务网络对应的优先级包括:The processing unit for the first network element to determine the priority corresponding to each of the first service networks includes:所述处理单元用于所述第一网元根据所述第一信息确定每个所述第一服务网络对应的优先级。The processing unit is configured for the first network element to determine, according to the first information, a priority corresponding to each of the first service networks.
- 根据权利要求24所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第三网元包括终端设备的当前服务网络对应的移动性管理功能网元,或者The apparatus according to claim 24, wherein the third network element comprises a mobility management function network element corresponding to the current serving network of the terminal device, or所述第三网元包括所述终端设备的历史服务网络对应的无线接入网网元。The third network element includes a wireless access network network element corresponding to the historical service network of the terminal device.
- 根据权利要求19所述的装置,其特征在于,在所述处理单元用于所述第一网元确定多个第一服务网络之前,The apparatus according to claim 19, wherein before the processing unit is used by the first network element to determine a plurality of first service networks,所述收发单元,还用于所述第一网元接收第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示第五服务网络集,所述第五服务网络集包括所述终端设备的可接入的服务网络,且所述第五服务网络集中的服务网络对应的服务小区的信号质量满足第二预设条件;以及The transceiver unit is further configured for the first network element to receive fourth information, where the fourth information is used to indicate a fifth service network set, and the fifth service network set includes accessible a serving network, and the signal quality of the serving cell corresponding to the serving network in the fifth serving network set satisfies the second preset condition; and所述处理单元用于所述第一网元确定多个第一服务网络包括:The processing unit for the first network element to determine a plurality of first service networks includes:所述处理单元,用于所述第一网元根据所述第四信息确定所述第五服务网络集;the processing unit, configured for the first network element to determine the fifth service network set according to the fourth information;所述处理单元,还用于所述第一网元根据第二信息确定第六服务网络集,所述第六服务网络集中的服务网络满足第一预设条件,所述第一预设条件用于判定服务网络是否满足所述终端设备的切换要求,所述第二信息包括所述第一网元的网络配置信息;The processing unit is further configured for the first network element to determine a sixth service network set according to the second information, the service networks in the sixth service network set meet the first preset condition, and the first preset condition uses For determining whether the serving network meets the handover requirement of the terminal device, the second information includes network configuration information of the first network element;所述处理单元,还用于所述第一网元根据所述第五服务网络集和所述第六服务网络集确定所述多个第一服务网络,所述多个第一服务网络属于所述第五服务网络集和所述第六服务网络集的交集。The processing unit is further configured for the first network element to determine the multiple first service networks according to the fifth service network set and the sixth service network set, where the multiple first service networks belong to the The intersection of the fifth service network set and the sixth service network set.
- 根据权利要求26所述的装置,其特征在于,在所述收发单元用于所述第一网元确定多个第一服务网络之前,所述收发单元还用于所述第一网元接收所述终端设备的测量上 报信息,所述测量上报信息中包括所述第四信息。The apparatus according to claim 26, wherein before the transceiver unit is used for the first network element to determine a plurality of first service networks, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive the received data by the first network element. and the measurement report information of the terminal device, where the measurement report information includes the fourth information.
- 根据权利要求26或27所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第四信息还用于指示所述终端设备的可接入的多个服务网络中每个服务网络对应的优先级,所述多个服务网络包括所述多个第一服务网络,以及The apparatus according to claim 26 or 27, wherein the fourth information is further used to indicate a priority corresponding to each service network among multiple service networks accessible to the terminal device, and the multiple service networks can be accessed by the terminal device. a service network includes the plurality of first service networks, and所述处理单元用于所述第一网元确定每个所述第一服务网络对应的优先级包括:The processing unit for the first network element to determine the priority corresponding to each of the first service networks includes:所述处理单元用于所述第一网元根据所述第四信息确定每个所述第一服务网络对应的优先级。The processing unit is configured for the first network element to determine, according to the fourth information, a priority corresponding to each of the first service networks.
- 根据权利要求19至28中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,第一预设条件包括服务网络当前时间段可达和/或服务网络的网络质量满足第三预设条件。The apparatus according to any one of claims 19 to 28, wherein the first preset condition includes that the serving network is reachable in the current time period and/or the network quality of the serving network satisfies the third preset condition.
- 根据权利要求19至29中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一请求信息还用于指示第三服务网络集,所述第三服务网络集包括所述终端设备的可接入的服务网络。The apparatus according to any one of claims 19 to 29, wherein the first request information is further used to indicate a third service network set, and the third service network set includes accessible connections of the terminal device. into the service network.
- 根据权利要求19至30中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二网元包括终端设备当前服务网络对应的移动性管理功能网元,或者The apparatus according to any one of claims 19 to 30, wherein the second network element comprises a mobility management function network element corresponding to the current serving network of the terminal device, or所述第二网元包括所述目标服务网络对应的无线接入网网元。The second network element includes a radio access network network element corresponding to the target service network.
- 一种网络切换的装置,其特征在于,包括:A device for network switching, comprising:处理单元,用于第四网元确定第一服务网络集,所述第一服务网络集包括终端设备的可接入的服务网络,且所述第一服务网络集中的服务网络满足第一预设条件,所述第一预设条件用于判定服务网络是否满足所述终端设备的切换要求;A processing unit, configured for the fourth network element to determine a first service network set, where the first service network set includes accessible service networks of the terminal device, and the service networks in the first service network set satisfy a first preset condition, the first preset condition is used to determine whether the serving network meets the handover requirement of the terminal device;收发单元,用于所述第四网元发送第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示所述第一服务网络集以及所述第一服务网络集中每个服务网络的优先级。A transceiver unit, configured for the fourth network element to send third information, where the third information is used to indicate the first service network set and the priority of each service network in the first service network set.
- 根据权利要求32所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一预设条件包括服务网络当前时间段可达和/或服务网络的网络质量满足第三预设条件。The apparatus according to claim 32, wherein the first preset condition comprises that the serving network is reachable in the current time period and/or the network quality of the serving network satisfies the third preset condition.
- 根据权利要求32或33所述的装置,其特征在于,在所述处理单元用于所述第四网元确定第一服务网络集之前,所述收发单元还用于所述第四网元接收第五信息,所述第五信息用于指示所述终端设备的可接入的服务网络;以及The apparatus according to claim 32 or 33, wherein before the processing unit is used by the fourth network element to determine the first service network set, the transceiver unit is further used for the fourth network element to receive fifth information, where the fifth information is used to indicate an accessible service network of the terminal device; and所述处理单元用于所述第四网元确定第一服务网络集包括:The processing unit for the fourth network element to determine the first service network set includes:所述处理单元用于所述第四网元根据所述第五信息和所述第一预设条件确定所述第一服务网络集。The processing unit is configured for the fourth network element to determine the first service network set according to the fifth information and the first preset condition.
- 根据权利要求32至34中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,在所述处理单元用于所述第四网元确定第一服务网络集之前,所述收发单元还用于所述第四网元接收第一请求信息,所述第一请求信息用于请求将所述终端设备切换至目标服务小区,以及The apparatus according to any one of claims 32 to 34, wherein before the processing unit is used for the fourth network element to determine the first service network set, the transceiver unit is further used for the first service network set. Four network elements receive first request information, the first request information is used to request handover of the terminal device to the target serving cell, and所述第一请求信息中包括第五信息,所述第五信息用于指示所述终端设备的可接入的服务网络。The first request information includes fifth information, where the fifth information is used to indicate an accessible service network of the terminal device.
- 根据权利要求32至35中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第四网元包括终端设备的当前服务网络对应的移动性管理功能网元,或者The apparatus according to any one of claims 32 to 35, wherein the fourth network element comprises a mobility management function network element corresponding to the current serving network of the terminal device, or所述第四网元包括目标服务网络对应的移动性管理功能网元,或者The fourth network element includes a mobility management function network element corresponding to the target service network, or所述第四网元包括目标服务网络对应的无线接入网网元。The fourth network element includes a radio access network network element corresponding to the target service network.
- 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质上存储有计算机程序,当所述计算机程序运行时,使得装置执行如权利要求1至13中任意一项所述的 方法,或者,使得装置执行如权利要求14至18中任意一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer program is stored on the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is executed, the device is made to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 13 , or, causing an apparatus to perform a method as claimed in any one of claims 14 to 18 .
- 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,包括计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至13中任一项所述的方法,或者,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求14至18中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that it includes a computer program that, when the computer program is run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 13, or causes the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 13 The computer performs the method of any one of claims 14 to 18.
- 一种芯片系统,其特征在于,包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片系统的通信装置执行如权利要求1至13中任意一项所述的方法;或者,使得安装有所述芯片系统的通信装置执行如权利要求14至18中任意一项所述的方法。A chip system, characterized by comprising: a processor for calling and running a computer program from a memory, so that a communication device installed with the chip system executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 13 ; or, causing the communication device on which the chip system is installed to execute the method according to any one of claims 14 to 18 .
- 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括:处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口用于与外部器件或内部器件进行通信,所述处理器用于执行如权利要求1至13中任一项所述的方法,或者,所述处理器用于执行如权利要求14至18中任一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized in that it comprises: a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is used for communicating with an external device or an internal device, and the processor is used for executing the method according to any one of claims 1 to 13 The method, alternatively, the processor is adapted to perform the method of any one of claims 14 to 18.
- 根据权利要求40所述的芯片,其特征在于,所述芯片还包括存储器,所述存储器存储有指令,所述处理器用于执行所述存储器中存储的指令,当所述指令被执行时,所述处理器执行如权利要求1至13中任一项所述的方法,或者,执行如权利要求14至18中任一项所述的方法。The chip according to claim 40, wherein the chip further comprises a memory, the memory stores an instruction, the processor is configured to execute the instruction stored in the memory, and when the instruction is executed, the The processor performs the method as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 13, or performs the method as claimed in any one of claims 14 to 18.
- 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized in that it includes:存储器,用于存储计算机程序;memory for storing computer programs;处理器,用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得所述通信装置执行权利要求1至13中任一项所述的通信方法,或者,使得所述通信装置执行权利要求14至18中任一项所述的通信方法。A processor for executing a computer program stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the communication method according to any one of claims 1 to 13, or causes the communication device to execute claims 14 to 18 The communication method described in any one of.
- 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括如权利要求19至31中任一项所述的装置和如权利要求32至36中任一项所述的装置。A communication system, characterized by comprising the device according to any one of claims 19 to 31 and the device according to any one of claims 32 to 36 .
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CN202110381955.6 | 2021-04-09 | ||
CN202110381955.6A CN115209489B (en) | 2021-04-09 | 2021-04-09 | Network switching method and device |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2022214094A1 true WO2022214094A1 (en) | 2022-10-13 |
Family
ID=83545193
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2022/085952 WO2022214094A1 (en) | 2021-04-09 | 2022-04-08 | Network handover method and apparatus |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CN (1) | CN115209489B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2022214094A1 (en) |
Citations (9)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN1708166A (en) * | 2004-06-07 | 2005-12-14 | 华为技术有限公司 | Blind hand off method from wideband code division multiple access system to worldwide mobile communication system |
CN101374295A (en) * | 2007-08-21 | 2009-02-25 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method and terminal for selecting access network |
CN101877878A (en) * | 2009-04-30 | 2010-11-03 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Cross-net element switching method and system |
CN102651893A (en) * | 2011-02-25 | 2012-08-29 | 华为终端有限公司 | Service base station switching method, system and device |
CN110149669A (en) * | 2018-02-13 | 2019-08-20 | 华为技术有限公司 | Controlling terminal uses the method and relevant device of wireless network |
CN111183679A (en) * | 2017-11-13 | 2020-05-19 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Method and device for triggering network switching and computer storage medium |
CN111567091A (en) * | 2018-10-16 | 2020-08-21 | 华为技术有限公司 | Cell switching method and device under high-speed mobile scene |
CN111988819A (en) * | 2019-05-21 | 2020-11-24 | 中国电信股份有限公司 | Method, system and base station for keeping continuity of slicing service in cell switching scene |
US20210037434A1 (en) * | 2018-02-14 | 2021-02-04 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Methods and apparatuses for prioritized random access during handover |
Family Cites Families (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2010115469A1 (en) * | 2009-04-09 | 2010-10-14 | Nokia Siemens Networks Oy | Base station caching for an efficient handover in a mobile telecommunication network with relays |
CN112235837B (en) * | 2019-07-15 | 2022-07-12 | 华为技术有限公司 | Switching method and communication device |
US11963051B2 (en) * | 2020-09-17 | 2024-04-16 | Intel Corporation | Context aware handovers |
-
2021
- 2021-04-09 CN CN202110381955.6A patent/CN115209489B/en active Active
-
2022
- 2022-04-08 WO PCT/CN2022/085952 patent/WO2022214094A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (9)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN1708166A (en) * | 2004-06-07 | 2005-12-14 | 华为技术有限公司 | Blind hand off method from wideband code division multiple access system to worldwide mobile communication system |
CN101374295A (en) * | 2007-08-21 | 2009-02-25 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method and terminal for selecting access network |
CN101877878A (en) * | 2009-04-30 | 2010-11-03 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Cross-net element switching method and system |
CN102651893A (en) * | 2011-02-25 | 2012-08-29 | 华为终端有限公司 | Service base station switching method, system and device |
CN111183679A (en) * | 2017-11-13 | 2020-05-19 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Method and device for triggering network switching and computer storage medium |
CN110149669A (en) * | 2018-02-13 | 2019-08-20 | 华为技术有限公司 | Controlling terminal uses the method and relevant device of wireless network |
US20210037434A1 (en) * | 2018-02-14 | 2021-02-04 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Methods and apparatuses for prioritized random access during handover |
CN111567091A (en) * | 2018-10-16 | 2020-08-21 | 华为技术有限公司 | Cell switching method and device under high-speed mobile scene |
CN111988819A (en) * | 2019-05-21 | 2020-11-24 | 中国电信股份有限公司 | Method, system and base station for keeping continuity of slicing service in cell switching scene |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN115209489B (en) | 2024-05-14 |
CN115209489A (en) | 2022-10-18 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
EP3528526B1 (en) | Communication method, terminal, and system for adjusting a slice resource in a communication network | |
WO2021077267A1 (en) | Cell reselection method and apparatus, and communication device | |
WO2020057401A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for selecting network element | |
CN113767672B (en) | Mobile communication core network apparatus and method for managing wireless communication after inserting an intermediate session management function | |
US20220408162A1 (en) | Multicast service transmission method and apparatus | |
EP3771242A1 (en) | Key generation method and relevant apparatus | |
KR102345306B1 (en) | Nodes and Methods for Determining Target PLMN ID and Target Cell ID | |
EP4027684A1 (en) | Service configuration method, communication device, and communication system | |
JP7135122B2 (en) | Redirection method, communication system and communication device | |
US20180332473A1 (en) | MTC Service Management Using NFV | |
WO2020221223A1 (en) | Communication method, apparatus and system | |
WO2022067643A1 (en) | Cell selection method and apparatus, and paging method and apparatus | |
KR20210024160A (en) | Communication method and device | |
WO2019037500A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for selecting radio access network device | |
US20220150784A1 (en) | Handover method and apparatus | |
US20240314718A1 (en) | New method for external parameter provisioning for an af session | |
WO2022267824A1 (en) | Method, device, and system for policy control | |
US20240196316A1 (en) | Systems and methods for inhomogeneous slice support | |
CN105101154B (en) | A kind of device-to-device authorization message configuration method, device and network element device | |
US20240155325A1 (en) | Information obtaining method and apparatus, and system | |
WO2022214094A1 (en) | Network handover method and apparatus | |
WO2023280093A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for performing online subscription | |
EP4351215A1 (en) | Transmission mode switching method and related apparatus | |
EP4262244A1 (en) | Method and device for determining mec access point | |
WO2023185374A1 (en) | Communication method, communication apparatus and communication system |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 22784160 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 22784160 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |